2-Pyrimidone Analogs as Potent Antiviral Agents Against Alphaviruses

ABSTRACT

The present disclosure is concerned with 2-pyrimidone compounds that are capable of inhibiting a viral infection and methods of treating alphavirus viral infections such as, for example, chikungunya, Eastern equine encephalitis (EEEV), Western equine encephalitis (WEEV), and Venezuelan equine encephalitis using these compounds. This abstract is intended as a scanning tool for purposes of searching in the particular art and is not intended to be limiting of the present invention.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims the benefit of U.S. Application No. 62/994,535,filed on Apr. 2, 2020, the contents of which are hereby incorporated byreference in their entirety.

STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH

This invention was made with government support under grants number1U19AI109680-01 and 1U19AI142759-01 awarded by the National Institutesof Health and the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases.The government has certain rights in the invention.

BACKGROUND

Arthropod borne viruses have developed a complex life cycle adapted toalternate between insect and vertebrate hosts. These arthropod-borneviruses belong mainly to the families Togaviridae, Flaviviridae, andBunyaviridae. Alphavirus is a genus of the family Togaviridae. Thisgenus includes such viral infections as chikungunya virus (CHIKV),Venezuelan Equine Encephalitis virus (VEEV), Western Equine Encephalitisvirus (WEEV), and Eastern Equine Encephalitis virus (EEEV).

Originally isolated in Tanzania, sporadic outbreaks of CHIKV havecontinued to plague Asia and Africa. In 2007, the first outbreak inEurope was documented with over 200 confirmed cases. To date, CHIKV hasbeen identified in over 40 countries including the United States ofAmerica. The symptoms of CHIKV include fever, rash, and severe jointpain. While most patients usually recover after days to weeks, some maydevelop chronic arthritis. Additionally, death related to Chikungunyainfection has been reported in older patients or patients with weakenedimmune systems.

VEEV, which was originally isolated from the brains of dead horses,emerges during epizootic outbreaks to infect horses and humans viabridge vectors such as Aedes taeniorhynchus. Epidemics typically occurin northern South America but have extended as far north as Mexico andTexas. During an outbreak in Venezuela and Colombia in 1995,approximately 3000 cases of neurologic disease were reported, resultingin 300 deaths.

WEEV causes asymptomatic or mild infections in humans, with non-specificsymptoms such as sudden onset of fever, headache, nausea, vomiting,anorexia, and malaise. In rare cases, WEEV infection may also causeencephalitis or encephalomyelitis. Fifteen to fifty percent of theencephalitis survivors, especially young children, suffer from permanentneurological damage (mental retardation, emotional instability, andspastic paresis). WEEV has a mortality range of three to seven percent.

EEEV is the most severe of the arboviral encephalitides and has amortality of 50 to 75%. Symptoms of this disease include fever,headache, vomiting, respiratory symptoms, leucocytosis, dizziness,decreasing level of consciousness, tremors, seizures, and focalneurological signs. Death can occur within 3 to 5 days of infection.Those who survive suffer from neurological sequel, includingconvulsions, paralysis, and mental retardation.

Currently, there are no approved treatments for CHIKV, VEEV, WEEEV, orEEEV. Despite the widespread distribution and severity of the effects ofthese viral infections, a treatment for alphaviruses has remainedelusive. Thus, there remains a need for antiviral agents capable oftargeting these viruses and methods of making and using same.

SUMMARY

In accordance with the purpose(s) of the invention, as embodied andbroadly described herein, the invention, in one aspect, relates tocompositions and methods for use in the prevention and treatment ofviral infections such as, for example, chikungunya (CHIKV), WesternEquine Encephalitis virus (WEEV), Eastern Equine Encephalitis virus(EEEV) and Venezuelan equine encephalitis (VEEV).

Disclosed are compounds having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8cyanoalkoxy, —OCy², —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹,—CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰, when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selected from C2-C5heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; or wherein R^(2a) andR^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediate atoms,comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or aC2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; and wherein each ofR^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a)and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1,2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; whereinCy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl, and adamantyl, and issubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl,and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that when Cy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl, theneither (i) p is 1 and A is O or (ii) n is 1 or 2 and each of R^(3a) andR^(3b) are not hydrogen; provided that when Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then p is 1and either (i) A is O or (ii) each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is hydrogen andat least one of R^(3a) and R^(3b) is not hydrogen; and provided thatwhen Cy¹ is

and p is 0, then n is 0 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof.

Also disclosed are compounds having a structure represented by aformula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰,—O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰,when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;wherein each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selectedfrom C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2,or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Cy², when present, is independently selected from C3-C6cycloalkyl, C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; orwherein R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl; and wherein each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selectedfrom selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino,and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein Cy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6aryl, and adamantyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that whenCy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl, then either (i) p is 1 and A is O or (ii) n is1 or 2 and each of R^(3a) and R^(3b) are not hydrogen; provided thatwhen Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then p is 1 and either (i) A is O or (ii) each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is hydrogen and at least one of R^(3a) and R^(3b) isnot hydrogen; and provided that when Cy¹ is

and p is 0, then n is 0 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof.

Also disclosed are compounds having a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising atherapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound, and apharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Also disclosed are methods for treating a viral infection in a subject,the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amountof a compound having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰,—O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰,when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;wherein each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selectedfrom C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2,or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Cy², when present, is independently selected from C3-C6cycloalkyl, C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; orwherein R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl; and wherein each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selectedfrom selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino,and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein Cy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6aryl, and adamantyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that whenp is 1, A is S, and Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then Cy¹ is not substituted with ahalogen group, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, whereinthe viral infection is due to an Alphavirus, thereby treating the viralinfection.

Also disclosed are kits comprising a compound having a structurerepresented by a formula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰,—O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰,when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;wherein each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selectedfrom C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2,or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Cy², when present, is independently selected from C3-C6cycloalkyl, C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; orwherein R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl; and wherein each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selectedfrom selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino,and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein Cy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6aryl, and adamantyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that whenp is 1, A is S, and Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then Cy¹ is not substituted with ahalogen group, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one ormore of: (a) at least one antiviral agent; (b) instructions foradministering the compound in connection with treating a viralinfection; (c) instructions for administering the compound in connectionwith reducing the risk of viral infection; or (d) instructions fortreating a viral infection.

While aspects of the present invention can be described and claimed in aparticular statutory class, such as the system statutory class, this isfor convenience only and one of skill in the art will understand thateach aspect of the present invention can be described and claimed in anystatutory class. Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no wayintended that any method or aspect set forth herein be construed asrequiring that its steps be performed in a specific order. Accordingly,where a method claim does not specifically state in the claims ordescriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it isno way intended that an order be inferred, in any respect. This holdsfor any possible non-express basis for interpretation, including mattersof logic with respect to arrangement of steps or operational flow, plainmeaning derived from grammatical organization or punctuation, or thenumber or type of aspects described in the specification.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

The accompanying figures, which are incorporated in and constitute apart of this specification, illustrate several aspects and together withthe description serve to explain the principles of the invention.

FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B show representative data illustrating that CompoundNo. 7 reduces CHIKV disease and viremia in mice.

FIG. 2 shows representative data illustrating that Compound No. 7reduces tissue viral loads in CHIKV-infected mice.

Additional advantages of the invention will be set forth in part in thedescription which follows, and in part will be obvious from thedescription, or can be learned by practice of the invention. Theadvantages of the invention will be realized and attained by means ofthe elements and combinations particularly pointed out in the appendedclaims. It is to be understood that both the foregoing generaldescription and the following detailed description are exemplary andexplanatory only and are not restrictive of the invention, as claimed.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

The present invention can be understood more readily by reference to thefollowing detailed description of the invention and the Examplesincluded therein.

Before the present compounds, compositions, articles, systems, devices,and/or methods are disclosed and described, it is to be understood thatthey are not limited to specific synthetic methods unless otherwisespecified, or to particular reagents unless otherwise specified, as suchmay, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminologyused herein is for the purpose of describing particular aspects only andis not intended to be limiting. Although any methods and materialssimilar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in thepractice or testing of the present invention, example methods andmaterials are now described.

While aspects of the present invention can be described and claimed in aparticular statutory class, such as the system statutory class, this isfor convenience only and one of skill in the art will understand thateach aspect of the present invention can be described and claimed in anystatutory class. Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no wayintended that any method or aspect set forth herein be construed asrequiring that its steps be performed in a specific order. Accordingly,where a method claim does not specifically state in the claims ordescriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it isno way intended that an order be inferred, in any respect. This holdsfor any possible non-express basis for interpretation, including mattersof logic with respect to arrangement of steps or operational flow, plainmeaning derived from grammatical organization or punctuation, or thenumber or type of aspects described in the specification.

Throughout this application, various publications are referenced. Thedisclosures of these publications in their entireties are herebyincorporated by reference into this application in order to more fullydescribe the state of the art to which this pertains. The referencesdisclosed are also individually and specifically incorporated byreference herein for the material contained in them that is discussed inthe sentence in which the reference is relied upon. Nothing herein is tobe construed as an admission that the present invention is not entitledto antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention. Further, thedates of publication provided herein may be different from the actualpublication dates, which can require independent confirmation.

A. Definitions

As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms“a,” “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearlydictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a functionalgroup,” “an alkyl,” or “a residue” includes mixtures of two or more suchfunctional groups, alkyls, or residues, and the like.

As used in the specification and in the claims, the term “comprising”can include the aspects “consisting of” and “consisting essentially of.”

Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value,and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range isexpressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/orto the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed asapproximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understoodthat the particular value forms another aspect. It will be furtherunderstood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant bothin relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the otherendpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of valuesdisclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as“about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. Forexample, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10” is alsodisclosed. It is also understood that each unit between two particularunits are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.

As used herein, the terms “about” and “at or about” mean that the amountor value in question can be the value designated some other valueapproximately or about the same. It is generally understood, as usedherein, that it is the nominal value indicated ±10% variation unlessotherwise indicated or inferred. The term is intended to convey thatsimilar values promote equivalent results or effects recited in theclaims. That is, it is understood that amounts, sizes, formulations,parameters, and other quantities and characteristics are not and neednot be exact, but can be approximate and/or larger or smaller, asdesired, reflecting tolerances, conversion factors, rounding off,measurement error and the like, and other factors known to those ofskill in the art. In general, an amount, size, formulation, parameter orother quantity or characteristic is “about” or “approximate” whether ornot expressly stated to be such. It is understood that where “about” isused before a quantitative value, the parameter also includes thespecific quantitative value itself, unless specifically statedotherwise.

References in the specification and concluding claims to parts by weightof a particular element or component in a composition denotes the weightrelationship between the element or component and any other elements orcomponents in the composition or article for which a part by weight isexpressed. Thus, in a compound containing 2 parts by weight of componentX and 5 parts by weight component Y, X and Y are present at a weightratio of 2:5, and are present in such ratio regardless of whetheradditional components are contained in the compound.

A weight percent (wt. %) of a component, unless specifically stated tothe contrary, is based on the total weight of the formulation orcomposition in which the component is included.

As used herein, “EC₅₀,” is intended to refer to the effectiveconcentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that isrequired for 50% inhibition of a biological process, or component of aprocess, including a protein, subunit, organelle, ribonucleoprotein,etc. In one aspect, an EC₅₀ can refer to the concentration of asubstance that is required for 50% inhibition in vivo, as furtherdefined elsewhere herein.

As used herein, “EC₉₀,” is intended to refer to the effectiveconcentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that isrequired for 90% inhibition of a biological process, or component of aprocess, including a protein, subunit, organelle, ribonucleoprotein,etc. In one aspect, an EC₅₀ can refer to the concentration of asubstance that is required for 90% inhibition in vivo, as furtherdefined elsewhere herein.

As used herein, “CC₅₀,” is intended to refer to the effective toxicityconcentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that isrequired for 50% inhibition of a biological process, or component of aprocess, including a protein, subunit, organelle, ribonucleoprotein,etc.

As used herein, the terms “optional” or “optionally” means that thesubsequently described event or circumstance can or cannot occur, andthat the description includes instances where said event or circumstanceoccurs and instances where it does not.

As used herein, the term “subject” can be a vertebrate, such as amammal, a fish, a bird, a reptile, or an amphibian. Thus, the subject ofthe herein disclosed methods can be a human, non-human primate, horse,pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent. The termdoes not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult and newbornsubjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, are intended to becovered. In one aspect, the subject is a mammal. A patient refers to asubject afflicted with a disease or disorder. The term “patient”includes human and veterinary subjects.

As used herein, the term “treatment” refers to the medical management ofa patient with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent adisease, pathological condition, or disorder. This term includes activetreatment, that is, treatment directed specifically toward theimprovement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder, and alsoincludes causal treatment, that is, treatment directed toward removal ofthe cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, ordisorder. In addition, this term includes palliative treatment, that is,treatment designed for the relief of symptoms rather than the curing ofthe disease, pathological condition, or disorder; preventativetreatment, that is, treatment directed to minimizing or partially orcompletely inhibiting the development of the associated disease,pathological condition, or disorder; and supportive treatment, that is,treatment employed to supplement another specific therapy directedtoward the improvement of the associated disease, pathologicalcondition, or disorder. In various aspects, the term covers anytreatment of a subject, including a mammal (e.g., a human), andincludes: (i) preventing the disease from occurring in a subject thatcan be predisposed to the disease but has not yet been diagnosed ashaving it; (ii) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting its development;or (iii) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease.In one aspect, the subject is a mammal such as a primate, and, in afurther aspect, the subject is a human. The term “subject” also includesdomesticated animals (e.g., cats, dogs, etc.), livestock (e.g., cattle,horses, pigs, sheep, goats, etc.), and laboratory animals (e.g., mouse,rabbit, rat, guinea pig, fruit fly, etc.).

As used herein, the term “prevent” or “preventing” refers to precluding,averting, obviating, forestalling, stopping, or hindering something fromhappening, especially by advance action. It is understood that wherereduce, inhibit or prevent are used herein, unless specificallyindicated otherwise, the use of the other two words is also expresslydisclosed.

As used herein, the term “diagnosed” means having been subjected to aphysical examination by a person of skill, for example, a physician, andfound to have a condition that can be diagnosed or treated by thecompounds, compositions, or methods disclosed herein.

As used herein, the terms “administering” and “administration” refer toany method of providing a pharmaceutical preparation to a subject. Suchmethods are well known to those skilled in the art and include, but arenot limited to, oral administration, transdermal administration,administration by inhalation, nasal administration, topicaladministration, intravaginal administration, ophthalmic administration,intraaural administration, intracerebral administration, rectaladministration, sublingual administration, buccal administration, andparenteral administration, including injectable such as intravenousadministration, intra-arterial administration, intramuscularadministration, and subcutaneous administration. Administration can becontinuous or intermittent. In various aspects, a preparation can beadministered therapeutically; that is, administered to treat an existingdisease or condition. In further various aspects, a preparation can beadministered prophylactically; that is, administered for prevention of adisease or condition.

As used herein, the terms “effective amount” and “amount effective”refer to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired result orto have an effect on an undesired condition. For example, a“therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount that issufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic result or to have aneffect on undesired symptoms, but is generally insufficient to causeadverse side effects. The specific therapeutically effective dose levelfor any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factorsincluding the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder;the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health,sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration; the route ofadministration; the rate of excretion of the specific compound employed;the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidentalwith the specific compound employed and like factors well known in themedical arts. For example, it is well within the skill of the art tostart doses of a compound at levels lower than those required to achievethe desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosageuntil the desired effect is achieved. If desired, the effective dailydose can be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration.Consequently, single dose compositions can contain such amounts orsubmultiples thereof to make up the daily dose. The dosage can beadjusted by the individual physician in the event of anycontraindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one ormore dose administrations daily, for one or several days. Guidance canbe found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes ofpharmaceutical products. In further various aspects, a preparation canbe administered in a “prophylactically effective amount”; that is, anamount effective for prevention of a disease or condition.

As used herein, “dosage form” means a pharmacologically active materialin a medium, carrier, vehicle, or device suitable for administration toa subject. A dosage forms can comprise inventive a disclosed compound, aproduct of a disclosed method of making, or a salt, solvate, orpolymorph thereof, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptableexcipient, such as a preservative, buffer, saline, or phosphate bufferedsaline. Dosage forms can be made using conventional pharmaceuticalmanufacturing and compounding techniques. Dosage forms can compriseinorganic or organic buffers (e.g., sodium or potassium salts ofphosphate, carbonate, acetate, or citrate) and pH adjustment agents(e.g., hydrochloric acid, sodium or potassium hydroxide, salts ofcitrate or acetate, amino acids and their salts) antioxidants (e.g.,ascorbic acid, alpha-tocopherol), surfactants (e.g., polysorbate 20,polysorbate 80, polyoxyethylene 9-10 nonyl phenol, sodiumdesoxycholate), solution and/or cryo/lyo stabilizers (e.g., sucrose,lactose, mannitol, trehalose), osmotic adjustment agents (e.g., salts orsugars), antibacterial agents (e.g., benzoic acid, phenol, gentamicin),antifoaming agents (e.g., polydimethylsilozone), preservatives (e.g.,thimerosal, 2-phenoxyethanol, EDTA), polymeric stabilizers andviscosity-adjustment agents (e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone, poloxamer 488,carboxymethylcellulose) and co-solvents (e.g., glycerol, polyethyleneglycol, ethanol). A dosage form formulated for injectable use can have adisclosed compound, a product of a disclosed method of making, or asalt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, suspended in sterile salinesolution for injection together with a preservative.

As used herein, “kit” means a collection of at least two componentsconstituting the kit. Together, the components constitute a functionalunit for a given purpose. Individual member components may be physicallypackaged together or separately. For example, a kit comprising aninstruction for using the kit may or may not physically include theinstruction with other individual member components. Instead, theinstruction can be supplied as a separate member component, either in apaper form or an electronic form which may be supplied on computerreadable memory device or downloaded from an internet website, or asrecorded presentation.

As used herein, “instruction(s)” means documents describing relevantmaterials or methodologies pertaining to a kit. These materials mayinclude any combination of the following: background information, listof components and their availability information (purchase information,etc.), brief or detailed protocols for using the kit, trouble-shooting,references, technical support, and any other related documents.Instructions can be supplied with the kit or as a separate membercomponent, either as a paper form or an electronic form, which may besupplied on computer readable memory device or downloaded from aninternet website, or as recorded presentation. Instructions can compriseone or multiple documents, and are meant to include future updates.

As used herein, the terms “therapeutic agent” include any synthetic ornaturally occurring biologically active compound or composition ofmatter which, when administered to an organism (human or nonhumananimal), induces a desired pharmacologic, immunogenic, and/orphysiologic effect by local and/or systemic action. The term thereforeencompasses those compounds or chemicals traditionally regarded asdrugs, vaccines, and biopharmaceuticals including molecules such asproteins, peptides, hormones, nucleic acids, gene constructs and thelike. Examples of therapeutic agents are described in well-knownliterature references such as the Merck Index (14^(th) edition), thePhysicians' Desk Reference (64^(th) edition), and The PharmacologicalBasis of Therapeutics (12^(th) edition), and they include, withoutlimitation, medicaments; vitamins; mineral supplements; substances usedfor the treatment, prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of adisease or illness; substances that affect the structure or function ofthe body, or pro-drugs, which become biologically active or more activeafter they have been placed in a physiological environment. For example,the term “therapeutic agent” includes compounds or compositions for usein all of the major therapeutic areas including, but not limited to,adjuvants; anti-infectives such as antibiotics and antiviral agents;analgesics and analgesic combinations, anorexics, anti-inflammatoryagents, anti-epileptics, local and general anesthetics, hypnotics,sedatives, antipsychotic agents, neuroleptic agents, antidepressants,anxiolytics, antagonists, neuron blocking agents, anticholinergic andcholinomimetic agents, antimuscarinic and muscarinic agents,antiadrenergics, antiarrhythmics, antihypertensive agents, hormones, andnutrients, antiarthritics, antiasthmatic agents, anticonvulsants,antihistamines, antinauseants, antineoplastics, antipruritics,antipyretics; antispasmodics, cardiovascular preparations (includingcalcium channel blockers, beta-blockers, beta-agonists andantiarrythmics), antihypertensives, diuretics, vasodilators; centralnervous system stimulants; cough and cold preparations; decongestants;diagnostics; hormones; bone growth stimulants and bone resorptioninhibitors; immunosuppressives; muscle relaxants; psychostimulants;sedatives; tranquilizers; proteins, peptides, and fragments thereof(whether naturally occurring, chemically synthesized or recombinantlyproduced); and nucleic acid molecules (polymeric forms of two or morenucleotides, either ribonucleotides (RNA) or deoxyribonucleotides (DNA)including both double- and single-stranded molecules, gene constructs,expression vectors, antisense molecules and the like), small molecules(e.g., doxorubicin) and other biologically active macromolecules suchas, for example, proteins and enzymes. The agent may be a biologicallyactive agent used in medical, including veterinary, applications and inagriculture, such as with plants, as well as other areas. The term“therapeutic agent” also includes without limitation, medicaments;vitamins; mineral supplements; substances used for the treatment,prevention, diagnosis, cure or mitigation of disease or illness; orsubstances which affect the structure or function of the body; orpro-drugs, which become biologically active or more active after theyhave been placed in a predetermined physiological environment.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable” describes a material that is notbiologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., without causing anunacceptable level of undesirable biological effects or interacting in adeleterious manner.

As used herein, the term “derivative” refers to a compound having astructure derived from the structure of a parent compound (e.g., acompound disclosed herein) and whose structure is sufficiently similarto those disclosed herein and based upon that similarity, would beexpected by one skilled in the art to exhibit the same or similaractivities and utilities as the claimed compounds, or to induce, as aprecursor, the same or similar activities and utilities as the claimedcompounds. Exemplary derivatives include salts, esters, and amides,salts of esters or amides, and N-oxides of a parent compound.

As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers tosterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions oremulsions, as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterileinjectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use. Examples ofsuitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehiclesinclude water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol,polyethylene glycol and the like), carboxymethylcellulose and suitablemixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectableorganic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained,for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by themaintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions andby the use of surfactants. These compositions can also contain adjuvantssuch as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersingagents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by theinclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents such asparaben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid and the like. It can also bedesirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride andthe like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form canbe brought about by the inclusion of agents, such as aluminummonostearate and gelatin, which delay absorption. Injectable depot formsare made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradablepolymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide, poly(orthoesters) andpoly(anhydrides). Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and thenature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release canbe controlled. Depot injectable formulations are also prepared byentrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatiblewith body tissues. The injectable formulations can be sterilized, forexample, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter or byincorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solidcompositions that can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water orother sterile injectable media just prior to use. Suitable inertcarriers can include sugars such as lactose. Desirably, at least 95% byweight of the particles of the active ingredient have an effectiveparticle size in the range of 0.01 to 10 micrometers.

As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include allpermissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, thepermissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched andunbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromaticsubstituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include,for example, those described below. The permissible substituents can beone or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.For purposes of this disclosure, the heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, canhave hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents oforganic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of theheteroatoms. This disclosure is not intended to be limited in any mannerby the permissible substituents of organic compounds. Also, the terms“substitution” or “substituted with” include the implicit proviso thatsuch substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of thesubstituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution resultsin a stable compound, e.g., a compound that does not spontaneouslyundergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization,elimination, etc. It is also contemplated that, in certain aspects,unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents canbe further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted orunsubstituted).

In defining various terms, “A¹,” “A²,” “A³,” and “A⁴” are used herein asgeneric symbols to represent various specific substituents. Thesesymbols can be any substituent, not limited to those disclosed herein,and when they are defined to be certain substituents in one instance,they can, in another instance, be defined as some other substituents.

The term “aliphatic” or “aliphatic group,” as used herein, denotes ahydrocarbon moiety that may be straight chain (i.e., unbranched),branched, or cyclic (including fused, bridging, and spirofusedpolycyclic) and may be completely saturated or may contain one or moreunits of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic. Unless otherwisespecified, aliphatic groups contain 1-20 carbon atoms. Aliphatic groupsinclude, but are not limited to, linear or branched, alkyl, alkenyl, andalkynyl groups, and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl,(cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.

The term “alkyl” as used herein is a branched or unbranched saturatedhydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl,n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl,isopentyl, s-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl,dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like. Thealkyl group can be cyclic or acyclic. The alkyl group can be branched orunbranched. The alkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted.For example, the alkyl group can be substituted with one or more groupsincluding, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether,halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.A “lower alkyl” group is an alkyl group containing from one to six(e.g., from one to four) carbon atoms. The term alkyl group can also bea C1 alkyl, C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C6alkyl, C1-C7 alkyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C9 alkyl, C1-C10 alkyl, and the likeup to and including a C1-C24 alkyl.

Throughout the specification “alkyl” is generally used to refer to bothunsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however,substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein byidentifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group. For example,the term “halogenated alkyl” or “haloalkyl” specifically refers to analkyl group that is substituted with one or more halide, e.g., fluorine,chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Alternatively, the term “monohaloalkyl”specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with a singlehalide, e.g. fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. The term“polyhaloalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that isindependently substituted with two or more halides, i.e. each halidesubstituent need not be the same halide as another halide substituent,nor do the multiple instances of a halide substituent need to be on thesame carbon. The term “alkoxyalkyl” specifically refers to an alkylgroup that is substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, as describedbelow. The term “aminoalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group thatis substituted with one or more amino groups. The term “hydroxyalkyl”specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one ormore hydroxy groups. When “alkyl” is used in one instance and a specificterm such as “hydroxyalkyl” is used in another, it is not meant to implythat the term “alkyl” does not also refer to specific terms such as“hydroxyalkyl” and the like.

This practice is also used for other groups described herein. That is,while a term such as “cycloalkyl” refers to both unsubstituted andsubstituted cycloalkyl moieties, the substituted moieties can, inaddition, be specifically identified herein; for example, a particularsubstituted cycloalkyl can be referred to as, e.g., an“alkylcycloalkyl.” Similarly, a substituted alkoxy can be specificallyreferred to as, e.g., a “halogenated alkoxy,” a particular substitutedalkenyl can be, e.g., an “alkenylalcohol,” and the like. Again, thepractice of using a general term, such as “cycloalkyl,” and a specificterm, such as “alkylcycloalkyl,” is not meant to imply that the generalterm does not also include the specific term.

The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ringcomposed of at least three carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,cyclohexyl, norbornyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkyl” is anon-aromatic carbon-based ring type of cycloalkyl group as definedabove, and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkyl,”where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with aheteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, orphosphorus. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can besubstituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkylgroup can be substituted with one or more groups including, but notlimited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy,nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.

The term “polyalkylene group” as used herein is a group having two ormore CH₂ groups linked to one another. The polyalkylene group can berepresented by the formula —(CH₂)_(a)—, where “a” is an integer of from2 to 500.

The terms “alkoxy” and “alkoxyl” as used herein to refer to an alkyl orcycloalkyl group bonded through an ether linkage; that is, an “alkoxy”group can be defined as —OA¹ where A¹ is alkyl or cycloalkyl as definedabove. “Alkoxy” also includes polymers of alkoxy groups as justdescribed; that is, an alkoxy can be a polyether such as —OA¹-OA² or—OA¹-(OA²)_(a)-OA³, where “a” is an integer of from 1 to 200 and A¹, A²,and A³ are alkyl and/or cycloalkyl groups.

The term “alkenyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least onecarbon-carbon double bond. Asymmetric structures such as (A¹A²)C═C(A³A⁴)are intended to include both the E and Z isomers. This can be presumedin structural formulae herein wherein an asymmetric alkene is present,or it can be explicitly indicated by the bond symbol C═C. The alkenylgroup can be substituted with one or more groups including, but notlimited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl,cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester,ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, orthiol, as described herein.

The term “cycloalkenyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-basedring composed of at least three carbon atoms and containing at least onecarbon-carbon double bound, i.e., C═C. Examples of cycloalkenyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl,cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl,norbornenyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkenyl” is a type ofcycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaningof the term “cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms ofthe ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to,nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkenyl group andheterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. Thecycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted withone or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl,alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone,azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.

The term “alkynyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least onecarbon-carbon triple bond. The alkynyl group can be unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to,alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl,aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether,halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, asdescribed herein.

The term “cycloalkynyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-basedring composed of at least seven carbon atoms and containing at least onecarbon-carbon triple bound. Examples of cycloalkynyl groups include, butare not limited to, cycloheptynyl, cyclooctynyl, cyclononynyl, and thelike. The term “heterocycloalkynyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group asdefined above, and is included within the meaning of the term“cycloalkynyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring isreplaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen,oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkynyl group andheterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. Thecycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted withone or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl,alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone,azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.

The term “aromatic group” as used herein refers to a ring structurehaving cyclic clouds of delocalized π electrons above and below theplane of the molecule, where the π clouds contain (4n+2) π electrons. Afurther discussion of aromaticity is found in Morrison and Boyd, OrganicChemistry, (5th Ed., 1987), Chapter 13, entitled “Aromaticity,” pages477-497, incorporated herein by reference. The term “aromatic group” isinclusive of both aryl and heteroaryl groups.

The term “aryl” as used herein is a group that contains any carbon-basedaromatic group including, but not limited to, benzene, naphthalene,phenyl, biphenyl, anthracene, and the like. The aryl group can besubstituted or unsubstituted. The aryl group can be substituted with oneor more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy,alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,aldehyde, —NH₂, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone,azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. The term“biaryl” is a specific type of aryl group and is included in thedefinition of “aryl.” In addition, the aryl group can be a single ringstructure or comprise multiple ring structures that are either fusedring structures or attached via one or more bridging groups such as acarbon-carbon bond. For example, biaryl can be two aryl groups that arebound together via a fused ring structure, as in naphthalene, or areattached via one or more carbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl.

The term “aldehyde” as used herein is represented by the formula —C(O)H.Throughout this specification “C(O)” is a short hand notation for acarbonyl group, i.e., C═O.

The terms “amine” or “amino” as used herein are represented by theformula —NA¹A², where A¹ and A² can be, independently, hydrogen oralkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl,or heteroaryl group as described herein. A specific example of amino is—NH₂.

The term “alkylamino” as used herein is represented by the formula—NH(-alkyl) where alkyl is a described herein. Representative examplesinclude, but are not limited to, methylamino group, ethylamino group,propylamino group, isopropylamino group, butylamino group, isobutylaminogroup, (sec-butyl)amino group, (tert-butyl)amino group, pentylaminogroup, isopentylamino group, (tert-pentyl)amino group, hexylamino group,and the like.

The term “dialkylamino” as used herein is represented by the formula—N(-alkyl)₂ where alkyl is a described herein. Representative examplesinclude, but are not limited to, dimethylamino group, diethylaminogroup, dipropylamino group, diisopropylamino group, dibutylamino group,diisobutylamino group, di(sec-butyl)amino group, di(tert-butyl)aminogroup, dipentylamino group, diisopentylamino group, di(tert-pentyl)aminogroup, dihexylamino group, N-ethyl-N-methylamino group,N-methyl-N-propylamino group, N-ethyl-N-propylamino group and the like.

The term “carboxylic acid” as used herein is represented by the formula—C(O)OH.

The term “ester” as used herein is represented by the formula —OC(O)A¹or —C(O)OA¹, where A¹ can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.The term “polyester” as used herein is represented by the formula-(A¹O(O)C-A²-C(O)O)_(a)— or -(A¹O(O)C-A²-OC(O))_(a)—, where A¹ and A²can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and“a” is an integer from 1 to 500. “Polyester” is as the term used todescribe a group that is produced by the reaction between a compoundhaving at least two carboxylic acid groups with a compound having atleast two hydroxyl groups.

The term “ether” as used herein is represented by the formula A¹OA²,where A¹ and A² can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl,cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group describedherein. The term “polyether” as used herein is represented by theformula -(A¹O-A²O)_(a)—, where A¹ and A² can be, independently, analkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl,or heteroaryl group described herein and “a” is an integer of from 1 to500. Examples of polyether groups include polyethylene oxide,polypropylene oxide, and polybutylene oxide.

The terms “halo,” “halogen,” or “halide,” as used herein, can be usedinterchangeably and refer to F, Cl, Br, or I.

The terms “pseudohalide,” “pseudohalogen,” or “pseudohalo,” as usedherein can be used interchangeably and refer to functional groups thatbehave substantially similar to halides. Such functional groups include,by way of example, cyano, thiocyanato, azido, trifluoromethyl,trifluoromethoxy, perfluoroalkyl, and perfluoroalkoxy groups.

The term “heteroalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl groupcontaining at least one heteroatom. Suitable heteroatoms include, butare not limited to, O, N, Si, P and S, wherein the nitrogen, phosphorousand sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom isoptionally quaternized. Heteroalkyls can be substituted as defined abovefor alkyl groups.

The term “heteroaryl,” as used herein, refers to an aromatic group thathas at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromaticgroup. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to,nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus, where N-oxides, sulfur oxides,and dioxides are permissible heteroatom substitutions. The heteroarylgroup can be substituted or unsubstituted. The heteroaryl group can besubstituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to,alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl,sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. Heteroaryl groups can bemonocyclic, or alternatively fused ring systems. Heteroaryl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, furyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl,tetrazolyl, thienyl, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, N-methylpyrrolyl, quinolinyl,isoquinolinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl,oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl,benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indazolyl,benzimidazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, andpyrazolopyrimidinyl. Further not limiting examples of heteroaryl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl,pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, benzo[d]oxazolyl,benzo[d]thiazolyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, indazolyl,imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazinyl,benzo[c][1,2,5]thiadiazolyl, benzo[c][1,2,5]oxadiazolyl, andpyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl.

The terms “heterocycle” or “heterocyclyl,” as used herein, can be usedinterchangeably and refer to single and multi-cyclic aromatic ornon-aromatic ring systems in which at least one of the ring members isother than carbon. Thus, the term is inclusive of, but not limited to,“heterocycloalkyl,” “heteroaryl,” “bicyclic heterocycle,” and“polycyclic heterocycle.” Heterocycle includes pyridine, pyrimidine,furan, thiophene, pyrrole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, oxazole,thiazole, imidazole, oxazole, including, 1,2,3-oxadiazole,1,2,5-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole, thiadiazole, including,1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, and 1,3,4-thiadiazole, triazole,including, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,3,4-triazole, tetrazole, including1,2,3,4-tetrazole and 1,2,4,5-tetrazole, pyridazine, pyrazine, triazine,including 1,2,4-triazine and 1,3,5-triazine, tetrazine, including1,2,4,5-tetrazine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine,azetidine, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, and the like. Theterm heterocyclyl group can also be a C2 heterocyclyl, C2-C3heterocyclyl, C2-C4 heterocyclyl, C2-C5 heterocyclyl, C2-C6heterocyclyl, C2-C7 heterocyclyl, C2-C8 heterocyclyl, C2-C9heterocyclyl, C2-C10 heterocyclyl, C2-C11 heterocyclyl, and the like upto and including a C2-C18 heterocyclyl. For example, a C2 heterocyclylcomprises a group which has two carbon atoms and at least oneheteroatom, including, but not limited to, aziridinyl, diazetidinyl,dihydrodiazetyl, oxiranyl, thiiranyl, and the like. Alternatively, forexample, a C5 heterocyclyl comprises a group that has five carbon atomsand at least one heteroatom, including, but not limited to, piperidinyl,tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, diazepanyl, pyridinyl, and thelike. It is understood that a heterocyclyl group may be bound eitherthrough a heteroatom in the ring, where chemically possible, or one ofcarbons comprising the heterocyclyl ring.

The term “bicyclic heterocycle” or “bicyclic heterocyclyl,” as usedherein, refers to a ring system in which at least one of the ringmembers is other than carbon. Bicyclic heterocyclyl encompasses ringsystems wherein an aromatic ring is fused with another aromatic ring, orwherein an aromatic ring is fused with a non-aromatic ring. Bicyclicheterocyclyl encompasses ring systems wherein a benzene ring is fused toa 5- or a 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms orwherein a pyridine ring is fused to a 5- or a 6-membered ring containing1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms. Bicyclic heterocyclic groups include, butare not limited to, indolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl,benzofuranyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl,2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-chromenyl,1H-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-3-yl; 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl; and1H-pyrazolo[3,2-b]pyridin-3-yl.

The term “heterocycloalkyl” as used herein refers to an aliphatic,partially unsaturated or fully saturated, 3- to 14-membered ring system,including single rings of 3 to 8 atoms and bi- and tricyclic ringsystems. The heterocycloalkyl ring-systems include one to fourheteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur,wherein a nitrogen and sulfur heteroatom optionally can be oxidized anda nitrogen heteroatom optionally can be substituted. Representativeheterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl,pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl,piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl,isothiazolidinyl, and tetrahydrofuryl.

The term “hydroxyl” or “hydroxyl” as used herein is represented by theformula —OH.

The term “ketone” as used herein is represented by the formula A¹C(O)A²,where A¹ and A² can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl,cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group asdescribed herein.

The term “azide” or “azido” as used herein is represented by the formula—N₃.

The term “nitro” as used herein is represented by the formula —NO₂.

The term “nitrile” or “cyano” as used herein is represented by theformula —CN.

The term “silyl” as used herein is represented by the formula —SiA¹A²A³,where A¹, A², and A³ can be, independently, hydrogen or an alkyl,cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl,or heteroaryl group as described herein.

The term “sulfo-oxo” as used herein is represented by the formulas—S(O)A¹, —S(O)₂A¹, —OS(O)₂A¹, or —OS(O)₂OA¹, where A¹ can be hydrogen oran alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl,aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. Throughout thisspecification “S(O)” is a short hand notation for S═O. The term“sulfonyl” is used herein to refer to the sulfo-oxo group represented bythe formula —S(O)₂A¹, where A¹ can be hydrogen or an alkyl, cycloalkyl,alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groupas described herein. The term “sulfone” as used herein is represented bythe formula A'S(O)₂A², where A¹ and A² can be, independently, an alkyl,cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, orheteroaryl group as described herein. The term “sulfoxide” as usedherein is represented by the formula A'S(O)A², where A¹ and A² can be,independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl,cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.

The term “thiol” as used herein is represented by the formula —SH.

“R¹,” “R²,” “R³,” “R^(n),” where n is an integer, as used herein can,independently, possess one or more of the groups listed above. Forexample, if R¹ is a straight chain alkyl group, one of the hydrogenatoms of the alkyl group can optionally be substituted with a hydroxylgroup, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a halide, and the like.Depending upon the groups that are selected, a first group can beincorporated within second group or, alternatively, the first group canbe pendant (i.e., attached) to the second group. For example, with thephrase “an alkyl group comprising an amino group,” the amino group canbe incorporated within the backbone of the alkyl group. Alternatively,the amino group can be attached to the backbone of the alkyl group. Thenature of the group(s) that is (are) selected will determine if thefirst group is embedded or attached to the second group.

As described herein, compounds of the invention may contain “optionallysubstituted” moieties. In general, the term “substituted,” whetherpreceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that one or morehydrogen of the designated moiety are replaced with a suitablesubstituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an “optionally substituted”group may have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position ofthe group, and when more than one position in any given structure may besubstituted with more than one substituent selected from a specifiedgroup, the substituent may be either the same or different at everyposition. Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention arepreferably those that result in the formation of stable or chemicallyfeasible compounds. In is also contemplated that, in certain aspects,unless expressly indicated to the contrary, individual substituents canbe further optionally substituted (i.e., further substituted orunsubstituted).

The term “stable,” as used herein, refers to compounds that are notsubstantially altered when subjected to conditions to allow for theirproduction, detection, and, in certain aspects, their recovery,purification, and use for one or more of the purposes disclosed herein.

Suitable monovalent substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of an“optionally substituted” group are independently halogen; —(CH₂)₀₋₄Rº;—(CH₂)₀₋₄ORº; —O(CH₂)₀₋₄Rº, —O—(CH₂)₀₋₄C(O)ORº; —(CH₂)₀₋₄CH(ORº)₂;—(CH₂)₀₋₄SRº; —(CH₂)₀₋₄Ph, which may be substituted with Rº;—(CH₂)₀₋₄O(CH₂)₀₋₁Ph which may be substituted with Rº; —CH═CHPh, whichmay be substituted with Rº; —(CH₂)₀₋₄O(CH₂)₀₋₁-pyridyl which may besubstituted with Rº; —NO₂; —CN; —N₃; —(CH₂)₀₋₄N(Rº)₂;—(CH₂)₀₋₄N(Rº)C(O)Rº; —N(Rº)C(S)Rº; —(CH₂)₀₋₄N(Rº)C(O)NRº₂;—N(Rº)C(S)NRº₂; —(CH₂)₀₋₄N(Rº)C(O)ORº; —N(Rº)N(Rº)C(O)Rº;—N(Rº)N(Rº)C(O)NRº₂; —N(Rº)N(Rº)C(O)ORº; —(CH₂)₀₋₄C(O)Rº; —C(S)Rº;—(CH₂)₀₋₄C(O)ORº; —(CH₂)₀₋₄C(O)SRº; —(CH₂)₀₋₄C(O)OSiRº₃;—(CH₂)₀₋₄OC(O)Rº; —OC(O)(CH₂)₀₋₄SR—, SC(S)SRº; —(CH₂)₀₋₄SC(O)Rº;—(CH₂)₀₋₄C(O)NRº₂; —C(S)NRº₂; —C(S)SRº; —(CH₂)₀₋₄OC(O)NRº₂;—C(O)N(ORº)Rº; —C(O)C(O)Rº; —C(O)CH₂C(O)Rº; —C(NORº)Rº; —(CH₂)₀₋₄SSRº;—(CH₂)₀₋₄S(O)₂Rº; —(CH₂)₀₋₄S(O)₂ORº; —(CH₂)₀₋₄OS(O)₂Rº; —S(O)₂NRº₂;—(CH₂)₀₋₄S(O)Rº; —N(Rº)S(O)₂NRº₂; —N(Rº)S(O)₂Rº; —N(ORº)Rº; —C(NH)NRº₂;—P(O)₂Rº; —P(O)Rº₂; —OP(O)Rº₂; —OP(O)(ORº)₂; SiRº₃; —(C₁₋₄ straight orbranched alkylene)O—N(Rº)₂; or —(C₁₋₄ straight or branchedalkylene)C(O)O—N(Rº)₂, wherein each Rº may be substituted as definedbelow and is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ aliphatic, —CH₂Ph,—O(CH₂)₀₋₁Ph, —CH₂-(5-6 membered heteroaryl ring), or a 5-6-memberedsaturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or,notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of Rº,taken together with their intervening atom(s), form a 3-12-memberedsaturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono- or bicyclic ring having0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur,which may be substituted as defined below.

Suitable monovalent substituents on Rº (or the ring formed by taking twoindependent occurrences of Rº together with their intervening atoms),are independently halogen, —(CH₂)O₂R^(•), -(haloR^(•)), —(CH₂)₀₋₂OH,—(CH₂)O₂OR^(•), —(CH₂)₀₋₂CH(OR^(•))₂; —O(haloR^(•)), —CN, —N₃,—(CH₂)₀₋₂C(O)R^(•), —(CH₂)₀₋₂C(O)OH, —(CH₂)₀₋₂C(O)OR^(•),—(CH₂)₀₋₂SR^(•), —(CH₂)₀₋₂SH, —(CH₂)₀₋₂NH₂, —(CH₂)₀₋₂NHR^(•),—(CH₂)₀₋₂NR^(•) ₂, —NO₂, —SiR^(•) ₃, —OSiR^(•) ₃, —C(O)SR^(•), —(C₁₋₄straight or branched alkylene)C(O)OR^(•), or —SSR^(•) wherein each R^(•)is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only withone or more halogens, and is independently selected from C₁₋₄ aliphatic,—CH₂Ph, —O(CH₂)₀₋₁Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selectedfrom nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents on asaturated carbon atom of Rº include ═O and ═S.

Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of an“optionally substituted” group include the following: ═O, ═S, ═NNR*₂,═NNHC(O)R*, ═NNHC(O)OR*, ═NNHS(O)₂R*, ═NR*, ═NOR*, —O(C(R*₂))₂₋₃O—, or—S(C(R*₂))₂₋₃S—, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selectedfrom hydrogen, C₁₋₆ aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below,or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, oraryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen,oxygen, or sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents that are bound tovicinal substitutable carbons of an “optionally substituted” groupinclude: —O(CR*₂)₂₋₃O—, wherein each independent occurrence of R* isselected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆ aliphatic which may be substituted asdefined below, or an unsubstituted 5-6-membered saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selectedfrom nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.

Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include halogen,—R^(•), -(haloR^(•)), —OH, —OR^(•), —O(haloR^(•)), —CN, —C(O)OH,—C(O)OR, —NH₂, —NHR^(•), —NR^(•) ₂, or —NO₂, wherein each R^(•) isunsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted only with oneor more halogens, and is independently C₁₋₄ aliphatic, —CH₂Ph,—O(CH₂)₀₋₁Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, oraryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen,oxygen, or sulfur.

Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an “optionallysubstituted” group include —R^(†), —NR^(†) ₂, —C(O)R^(†), —C(O)OR^(†),—C(O)C(O)R^(†), —C(O)CH₂C(O)R^(†), —S(O)₂R^(†), —S(O)₂NR^(†) ₂,—C(S)NR^(†) ₂, —C(NH)NR^(†) ₂, or —N(R^(†))S(O)₂R^(†); wherein eachR^(†) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ aliphatic which may be substitutedas defined below, unsubstituted —OPh, or an unsubstituted 5-6-memberedsaturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or,notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences ofR^(†), taken together with their intervening atom(s) form anunsubstituted 3-12-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or arylmono- or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selectedfrom nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.

Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R^(†) are independentlyhalogen, —R^(•), -(haloR^(•)), —OH, —OR^(•), —O(haloR^(•)), —CN,—C(O)OH, —C(O)OR^(•), —NH₂, —NHR^(•), —NR^(•) ₂, or —NO₂, wherein eachR^(•) is unsubstituted or where preceded by “halo” is substituted onlywith one or more halogens, and is independently C1-4 aliphatic, —CH₂Ph,—O(CH₂)₀₋₁Ph, or a 5-6-membered saturated, partially unsaturated, oraryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen,oxygen, or sulfur.

The term “leaving group” refers to an atom (or a group of atoms) withelectron withdrawing ability that can be displaced as a stable species,taking with it the bonding electrons. Examples of suitable leavinggroups include halides and sulfonate esters, including, but not limitedto, triflate, mesylate, tosylate, and brosylate.

The terms “hydrolysable group” and “hydrolysable moiety” refer to afunctional group capable of undergoing hydrolysis, e.g., under basic oracidic conditions. Examples of hydrolysable residues include, withoutlimitation, acid halides, activated carboxylic acids, and variousprotecting groups known in the art (see, for example, “Protective Groupsin Organic Synthesis,” T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Wiley-Interscience,1999).

The term “organic residue” defines a carbon-containing residue, i.e., aresidue comprising at least one carbon atom, and includes but is notlimited to the carbon-containing groups, residues, or radicals definedhereinabove. Organic residues can contain various heteroatoms, or bebonded to another molecule through a heteroatom, including oxygen,nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or the like. Examples of organic residuesinclude but are not limited alkyl or substituted alkyls, alkoxy orsubstituted alkoxy, mono or di-substituted amino, amide groups, etc.Organic residues can preferably comprise 1 to 18 carbon atoms, 1 to 15,carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbonatoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, an organic residuecan comprise 2 to 18 carbon atoms, 2 to 15, carbon atoms, 2 to 12 carbonatoms, 2 to 8 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms.

A very close synonym of the term “residue” is the term “radical,” whichas used in the specification and concluding claims, refers to afragment, group, or substructure of a molecule described herein,regardless of how the molecule is prepared. For example, a2,4-thiazolidinedione radical in a particular compound has thestructure:

regardless of whether thiazolidinedione is used to prepare the compound.In some embodiments the radical (for example an alkyl) can be furthermodified (i.e., substituted alkyl) by having bonded thereto one or more“substituent radicals.” The number of atoms in a given radical is notcritical to the present invention unless it is indicated to the contraryelsewhere herein.

“Organic radicals,” as the term is defined and used herein, contain oneor more carbon atoms. An organic radical can have, for example, 1-26carbon atoms, 1-18 carbon atoms, 1-12 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms,1-6 carbon atoms, or 1-4 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, an organicradical can have 2-26 carbon atoms, 2-18 carbon atoms, 2-12 carbonatoms, 2-8 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, or 2-4 carbon atoms. Organicradicals often have hydrogen bound to at least some of the carbon atomsof the organic radical. One example, of an organic radical thatcomprises no inorganic atoms is a 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-2-naphthylradical. In some embodiments, an organic radical can contain 1-10inorganic heteroatoms bound thereto or therein, including halogens,oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, and the like. Examples of organicradicals include but are not limited to an alkyl, substituted alkyl,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, mono-substituted amino,di-substituted amino, acyloxy, cyano, carboxy, carboalkoxy,alkylcarboxamide, substituted alkylcarboxamide, dialkylcarboxamide,substituted dialkylcarboxamide, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, thioalkyl,thiohaloalkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl,substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or substituted heterocyclicradicals, wherein the terms are defined elsewhere herein. A fewnon-limiting examples of organic radicals that include heteroatomsinclude alkoxy radicals, trifluoromethoxy radicals, acetoxy radicals,dimethylamino radicals and the like.

Compounds described herein can contain one or more double bonds and,thus, potentially give rise to cis/trans (E/Z) isomers, as well as otherconformational isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the inventionincludes all such possible isomers, as well as mixtures of such isomers.

Unless stated to the contrary, a formula with chemical bonds shown onlyas solid lines and not as wedges or dashed lines contemplates eachpossible isomer, e.g., each enantiomer and diastereomer, and a mixtureof isomers, such as a racemic or scalemic mixture. Compounds describedherein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and, thus, potentiallygive rise to diastereomers and optical isomers. Unless stated to thecontrary, the present invention includes all such possible diastereomersas well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolvedenantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof. Mixtures of stereoisomers, as well as isolatedspecific stereoisomers, are also included. During the course of thesynthetic procedures used to prepare such compounds, or in usingracemization or epimerization procedures known to those skilled in theart, the products of such procedures can be a mixture of stereoisomers.

Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms having theability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing anoptically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and S are used todenote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiralcenter(s). The prefixes d and l or (+) and (−) are employed to designatethe sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (−)or meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with(+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, thesecompounds, called stereoisomers, are identical except that they arenon-superimposable mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomercan also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomersis often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomersis referred to as a racemic mixture. Many of the compounds describedherein can have one or more chiral centers and therefore can exist indifferent enantiomeric forms. If desired, a chiral carbon can bedesignated with an asterisk (*). When bonds to the chiral carbon aredepicted as straight lines in the disclosed formulas, it is understoodthat both the (R) and (S) configurations of the chiral carbon, and henceboth enantiomers and mixtures thereof, are embraced within the formula.As is used in the art, when it is desired to specify the absoluteconfiguration about a chiral carbon, one of the bonds to the chiralcarbon can be depicted as a wedge (bonds to atoms above the plane) andthe other can be depicted as a series or wedge of short parallel linesis (bonds to atoms below the plane). The Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system canbe used to assign the (R) or (S) configuration to a chiral carbon.

When the disclosed compounds contain one chiral center, the compoundsexist in two enantiomeric forms. Unless specifically stated to thecontrary, a disclosed compound includes both enantiomers and mixtures ofenantiomers, such as the specific 50:50 mixture referred to as a racemicmixture. The enantiomers can be resolved by methods known to thoseskilled in the art, such as formation of diastereoisomeric salts whichmay be separated, for example, by crystallization (see, CRC Handbook ofOptical Resolutions via Diastereomeric Salt Formation by David Kozma(CRC Press, 2001)); formation of diastereoisomeric derivatives orcomplexes which may be separated, for example, by crystallization,gas-liquid or liquid chromatography; selective reaction of oneenantiomer with an enantiomer-specific reagent, for example enzymaticesterification; or gas-liquid or liquid chromatography in a chiralenvironment, for example on a chiral support for example silica with abound chiral ligand or in the presence of a chiral solvent. It will beappreciated that where the desired enantiomer is converted into anotherchemical entity by one of the separation procedures described above, afurther step can liberate the desired enantiomeric form. Alternatively,specific enantiomers can be synthesized by asymmetric synthesis usingoptically active reagents, substrates, catalysts or solvents, or byconverting one enantiomer into the other by asymmetric transformation.

Designation of a specific absolute configuration at a chiral carbon in adisclosed compound is understood to mean that the designatedenantiomeric form of the compounds can be provided in enantiomericexcess (e.e.). Enantiomeric excess, as used herein, is the presence of aparticular enantiomer at greater than 50%, for example, greater than60%, greater than 70%, greater than 75%, greater than 80%, greater than85%, greater than 90%, greater than 95%, greater than 98%, or greaterthan 99%. In one aspect, the designated enantiomer is substantially freefrom the other enantiomer. For example, the “R” forms of the compoundscan be substantially free from the “S” forms of the compounds and are,thus, in enantiomeric excess of the “S” forms. Conversely, “S” forms ofthe compounds can be substantially free of “R” forms of the compoundsand are, thus, in enantiomeric excess of the “R” forms.

When a disclosed compound has two or more chiral carbons, it can havemore than two optical isomers and can exist in diastereoisomeric forms.For example, when there are two chiral carbons, the compound can have upto four optical isomers and two pairs of enantiomers ((S,S)/(R,R) and(R,S)/(S,R)). The pairs of enantiomers (e.g., (S,S)/(R,R)) are mirrorimage stereoisomers of one another. The stereoisomers that are notmirror-images (e.g., (S,S) and (R,S)) are diastereomers. Thediastereoisomeric pairs can be separated by methods known to thoseskilled in the art, for example chromatography or crystallization andthe individual enantiomers within each pair may be separated asdescribed above. Unless otherwise specifically excluded, a disclosedcompound includes each diastereoisomer of such compounds and mixturesthereof.

The compounds according to this disclosure may form prodrugs at hydroxylor amino functionalities using alkoxy, amino acids, etc., groups as theprodrug forming moieties. For instance, the hydroxymethyl position mayform mono-, di- or triphosphates and again these phosphates can formprodrugs. Preparations of such prodrug derivatives are discussed invarious literature sources (examples are: Alexander et al., J. Med.Chem. 1988, 31, 318; Aligas-Martin et al., PCT WO 2000/041531, p. 30).The nitrogen function converted in preparing these derivatives is one(or more) of the nitrogen atoms of a compound of the disclosure.

“Derivatives” of the compounds disclosed herein are pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts, prodrugs, deuterated forms, radioactively labeledforms, isomers, solvates and combinations thereof. The “combinations”mentioned in this context are refer to derivatives falling within atleast two of the groups: pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs,deuterated forms, radioactively labeled forms, isomers, and solvates.Examples of radioactively labeled forms include compounds labeled withtritium, phosphorous-32, iodine-129, carbon-11, fluorine-18, and thelike.

Compounds described herein comprise atoms in both their natural isotopicabundance and in non-natural abundance. The disclosed compounds can beisotopically labeled or isotopically substituted compounds identical tothose described, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced byan atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomicmass or mass number typically found in nature. Examples of isotopes thatcan be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes ofhydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine,such as ²H, ³H, ¹³C, ¹⁴C, ¹⁵N, ¹⁸O, ¹⁷O, ³⁵S, ¹⁸F and ³⁶Cl,respectively. Compounds further comprise prodrugs thereof, andpharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds or of said prodrugswhich contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of otheratoms are within the scope of this invention. Certain isotopicallylabeled compounds of the present invention, for example those into whichradioactive isotopes such as ³H and ¹⁴C are incorporated, are useful indrug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., ³H,and carbon-14, i.e., ¹⁴C, isotopes are particularly preferred for theirease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution withheavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., ²H, can afford certaintherapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, forexample increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and,hence, may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labeledcompounds of the present invention and prodrugs thereof can generally beprepared by carrying out the procedures below, by substituting a readilyavailable isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeledreagent.

The compounds described in the invention can be present as a solvate. Insome cases, the solvent used to prepare the solvate is an aqueoussolution, and the solvate is then often referred to as a hydrate. Thecompounds can be present as a hydrate, which can be obtained, forexample, by crystallization from a solvent or from aqueous solution. Inthis connection, one, two, three or any arbitrary number of solvent orwater molecules can combine with the compounds according to theinvention to form solvates and hydrates. Unless stated to the contrary,the invention includes all such possible solvates.

The term “co-crystal” means a physical association of two or moremolecules that owe their stability through non-covalent interaction. Oneor more components of this molecular complex provide a stable frameworkin the crystalline lattice. In certain instances, the guest moleculesare incorporated in the crystalline lattice as anhydrates or solvates,see e.g. “Crystal Engineering of the Composition of PharmaceuticalPhases. Do Pharmaceutical Co-crystals Represent a New Path to ImprovedMedicines?” Almarasson, O., et. al., The Royal Society of Chemistry,1889-1896, 2004. Examples of co-crystals include p-toluenesulfonic acidand benzenesulfonic acid.

It is also appreciated that certain compounds described herein can bepresent as an equilibrium of tautomers. For example, ketones with anα-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of the keto form and the enolform.

Likewise, amides with an N-hydrogen can exist in an equilibrium of theamide form and the imidic acid form. As another example, pyrazoles canexist in two tautomeric forms, Ni-unsubstituted, 3-A³ andNi-unsubstituted, 5-A³ as shown below.

Unless stated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possibletautomers.

It is known that chemical substances form solids that are present indifferent states of order that are termed polymorphic forms ormodifications. The different modifications of a polymorphic substancecan differ greatly in their physical properties. The compounds accordingto the invention can be present in different polymorphic forms, with itbeing possible for particular modifications to be metastable. Unlessstated to the contrary, the invention includes all such possiblepolymorphic forms.

In some aspects, a structure of a compound can be represented by aformula:

which is understood to be equivalent to a formula:

wherein n is typically an integer. That is, R^(n) is understood torepresent five independent substituents, R^(n(a)), R^(n(b)), R^(n(c)),R^(n(d)), R^(n(e)). By “independent substituents,” it is meant that eachR substituent can be independently defined. For example, if in oneinstance R^(n(a)) is halogen, then R^(n(b)) is not necessarily halogenin that instance.

Certain materials, compounds, compositions, and components disclosedherein can be obtained commercially or readily synthesized usingtechniques generally known to those of skill in the art. For example,the starting materials and reagents used in preparing the disclosedcompounds and compositions are either available from commercialsuppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co., (Milwaukee, Wis.), AcrosOrganics (Morris Plains, N.J.), Strem Chemicals (Newburyport, Mass.),Fisher Scientific (Pittsburgh, Pa.), or Sigma (St. Louis, Mo.) or areprepared by methods known to those skilled in the art followingprocedures set forth in references such as Fieser and Fieser's Reagentsfor Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); Rodd'sChemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and supplemental volumes(Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40(John Wiley and Sons, 1991); March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, (JohnWiley and Sons, 4th Edition); and Larock's Comprehensive OrganicTransformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989).

Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no way intended that anymethod set forth herein be construed as requiring that its steps beperformed in a specific order. Accordingly, where a method claim doesnot actually recite an order to be followed by its steps or it is nototherwise specifically stated in the claims or descriptions that thesteps are to be limited to a specific order, it is no way intended thatan order be inferred, in any respect. This holds for any possiblenon-express basis for interpretation, including: matters of logic withrespect to arrangement of steps or operational flow; plain meaningderived from grammatical organization or punctuation; and the number ortype of embodiments described in the specification.

Disclosed are the components to be used to prepare the compositions ofthe invention as well as the compositions themselves to be used withinthe methods disclosed herein. These and other materials are disclosedherein, and it is understood that when combinations, subsets,interactions, groups, etc. of these materials are disclosed that whilespecific reference of each various individual and collectivecombinations and permutation of these compounds cannot be explicitlydisclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein. Forexample, if a particular compound is disclosed and discussed and anumber of modifications that can be made to a number of moleculesincluding the compounds are discussed, specifically contemplated is eachand every combination and permutation of the compound and themodifications that are possible unless specifically indicated to thecontrary. Thus, if a class of molecules A, B, and C are disclosed aswell as a class of molecules D, E, and F and an example of a combinationmolecule, A-D is disclosed, then even if each is not individuallyrecited each is individually and collectively contemplated meaningcombinations, A-E, A-F, B-D, B-E, B-F, C-D, C-E, and C-F are considereddisclosed. Likewise, any subset or combination of these is alsodisclosed. Thus, for example, the sub-group of A-E, B-F, and C-E wouldbe considered disclosed. This concept applies to all aspects of thisapplication including, but not limited to, steps in methods of makingand using the compositions of the invention. Thus, if there are avariety of additional steps that can be performed it is understood thateach of these additional steps can be performed with any specificembodiment or combination of embodiments of the methods of theinvention.

It is understood that the compositions disclosed herein have certainfunctions. Disclosed herein are certain structural requirements forperforming the disclosed functions, and it is understood that there area variety of structures that can perform the same function that arerelated to the disclosed structures, and that these structures willtypically achieve the same result.

B. Compounds

In one aspect, the invention relates to compounds useful in treatingdisorders associated with a viral infection, in particular, CHIKV, WEEV,EEEV and VEEV. In a further aspect, the viral infection is due to anAlphavirus.

In one aspect, the disclosed compounds exhibit antiviral activity.

In one aspect, the compounds of the invention are useful in inhibitingviral activity in a mammal. In a further aspect, the compounds of theinvention are useful in inhibiting viral activity in at least one cell.

In one aspect, the compounds of the invention are useful in thetreatment of viral infections, as further described herein.

It is contemplated that each disclosed derivative can be optionallyfurther substituted. It is also contemplated that any one or morederivative can be optionally omitted from the invention. It isunderstood that a disclosed compound can be provided by the disclosedmethods. It is also understood that the disclosed compounds can beemployed in the disclosed methods of using.

1. Structure

In one aspect, disclosed are compounds having a structure represented bya formula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8cyanoalkoxy, —OCy², —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹,—CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰, when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selected from C2-C5heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; or wherein R^(2a) andR^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediate atoms,comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or aC2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; and wherein each ofR^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a)and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1,2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; whereinCy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl, and adamantyl, and issubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl,and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that when Cy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl, theneither (i) p is 1 and A is O or (ii) n is 1 or 2 and each of R^(3a) andR^(3b) are not hydrogen; provided that when Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then p is 1and either (i) A is O or (ii) each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is hydrogen andat least one of R^(3a) and R^(3b) is not hydrogen; and provided thatwhen Cy¹ is

and p is 0, then n is 0 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof.

In one aspect, disclosed are compounds having a structure represented bya formula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰,—O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰,when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;wherein each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selectedfrom C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2,or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Cy², when present, is independently selected from C3-C6cycloalkyl, C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; orwherein R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl; and wherein each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selectedfrom selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino,and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein Cy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6aryl, and adamantyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that whenCy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl, then either (i) p is 1 and A is O or (ii) n is1 or 2 and each of R^(3a) and R^(3b) are not hydrogen; provided thatwhen Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then p is 1 and either (i) A is O or (ii) each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is hydrogen and at least one of R^(3a) and R^(3b) isnot hydrogen; and provided that when Cy¹ is

and p is 0, then n is 0 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof.

In one aspect, disclosed are compounds having a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

wherein each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) isindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl,provided that at least two of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) are hydrogen.

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula selected from:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound has a structure represented by aformula:

In various aspects, the compound is selected from:

In various aspects, the compound is selected from:

In various aspects, the compound is:

In one aspect, n is 0, 1, or 2. In a further aspect, n is 0 or 1. In yeta further aspect, n is 1 or 2. In a still further aspect, n is 0 or 2.In yet a further aspect, n is 2. In an even further aspect, n is 1. In astill further aspect, n is 0.

In one aspect p is 0 or 1. In a further aspect, p is 0. In a stillfurther aspect, p is 1.

a. A Groups

In one aspect, A, is O, S, or NH. In a further aspect, A is O or S. In astill further aspect, A is O or NH. In yet a further aspect, A is S orNH. In an even further aspect, A is O. In a still further aspect, A isS. In yet a further aspect, A is NH.

b. R¹ Groups

In one aspect, R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In afurther aspect, R¹ is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,and isopropyl. In a still further aspect, R¹ is selected from hydrogen,methyl, and ethyl. In yet a further aspect, R¹ is selected from hydrogenand ethyl. In an even further aspect, R¹ is selected from hydrogen andmethyl.

In various aspects, R¹ is C1-C4 alkyl. In a further aspect, R¹ isselected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and isopropyl. In a still furtheraspect, R¹ is selected from methyl and ethyl. In yet a further aspect,R¹ is ethyl. In an even further aspect, R¹ is methyl.

c. R^(2a) and R^(2b) Groups

In one aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8haloalkoxy, C1-C8 cyanoalkoxy, —OCy², —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰,—O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy². In a further aspect, each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4cyanoalkoxy, —OCy², —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹,—CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy². In a still further aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b)is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, methyl, ethyl,n-propyl, i-propyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂F,—CH₂CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH(CH₃)CH₂F, —CH(CH₃)CH₂Cl, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy,isopropoxy, —OCH₂F, —OCH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₂F, —OCH₂CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₂CH₂F,—OCH₂CH₂CH₂Cl, —OCH(CH₃)CH₂F, —OCH(CH₃)CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CN, —OCH₂CH₂CN,—OCH₂CH₂CH₂CN, —OCH(CH₃)CH₂CN, —OCy², —OAr¹, —OCH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂CH₂OR¹⁰,—OCH₂CH₂CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH(CH₃)CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂Ar¹, —OCH₂CH₂Ar¹,—OCH₂CH₂CH₂Ar¹, —OCH(CH₃)CH₂Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy². In yet a furtheraspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected fromhydrogen, —F, —Cl, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl,methoxy, ethoxy, —OCH₂F, —OCH₂Cl, —OCH₂CH₂F, —OCH₂CH₂Cl, —OCH₂CN,—OCH₂CH₂CN, —OCy², —OAr¹, —OCH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂CH₂CH₂OR¹⁰,—OCH(CH₃)CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂Ar¹, —OCH₂CH₂Ar¹, —OCH₂CH₂CH₂Ar¹,—OCH(CH₃)CH₂Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy². In an even further aspect, each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl,methyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, methoxy, —OCH₂F, —OCH₂Cl, —OCH₂CN, —OCy², —OAr¹,—OCH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂CH₂CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH(CH₃)CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂Ar¹,—OCH₂CH₂Ar¹, —OCH₂CH₂CH₂Ar¹, —OCH(CH₃)CH₂Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy².

In one aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹,—O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy², or R^(2a) andR^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediate atoms,comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or aC2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl.

In one aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹,—O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy². In a furtheraspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹,—O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy². In a stillfurther aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected fromhydrogen, —F, —Cl, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl,—CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH(CH₃)CH₂F,—CH(CH₃)CH₂Cl, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, —OAr¹, —OCH₂OR¹⁰,—OCH₂CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂CH₂CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH(CH₃)CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂Ar¹, —OCH₂CH₂Ar¹,—OCH₂CH₂CH₂Ar¹, —OCH(CH₃)CH₂Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy². In yet a furtheraspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected fromhydrogen, —F, —Cl, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl,methoxy, ethoxy, —OAr¹, —OCH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂Ar¹, —OCH₂CH₂Ar¹,—CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy². In an even further aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b)is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, methyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl,methoxy, —OAr¹, —OCH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy².

In one aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy². In afurther aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy². In astill further aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independentlyselected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl,—CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂CH₂Cl,—CH(CH₃)CH₂F, —CH(CH₃)CH₂Cl, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy². In yet a further aspect,each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F,—Cl, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl, —CO₂R¹⁰, andCy². In an even further aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) isindependently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, methyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl,—CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy².

In various aspects, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selectedfrom hydrogen, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, and —O(C1-C4alkyl)Ar¹. In a further aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) isindependently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4alkyl)OR¹⁰, and —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹. In a still further aspect, each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methoxy,ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, —OAr¹, —OCH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂CH₂OR¹⁰,—OCH₂CH₂CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH(CH₃)CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂Ar¹, —OCH₂CH₂Ar¹,—OCH₂CH₂CH₂Ar¹, and —OCH(CH₃)CH₂Ar¹. In yet a further aspect, each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, methoxy,ethoxy, —OAr¹, —OCH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂CH₂OR¹⁰, —OCH₂Ar¹, and —OCH₂CH₂Ar¹. In aneven further aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selectedfrom hydrogen, methoxy, —OAr¹, —OCH₂OR¹⁰, and —OCH₂Ar¹.

In various aspects, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selectedfrom hydrogen, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl. In a furtheraspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl. In a still furtheraspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected fromhydrogen, —F, —Cl, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl,—CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH(CH₃)CH₂F, and—CH(CH₃)CH₂Cl. In yet a further aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) isindependently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F,—CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, and —CH₂CH₂Cl. In an even further aspect, each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl,methyl, —CH₂F, and —CH₂Cl.

In various aspects, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selectedfrom hydrogen, halogen, and C1-C4 haloalkyl. In a still further aspect,each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F,—Cl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂CH₂Cl,—CH(CH₃)CH₂F, and —CH(CH₃)CH₂Cl. In yet a further aspect, each of R^(2a)and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —CH₂F,—CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, and —CH₂CH₂Cl. In an even further aspect, each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl,—CH₂F, and —CH₂Cl.

In various aspects, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selectedfrom hydrogen and C1-C4 haloalkyl. In a still further aspect, each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, —CH₂F,—CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH(CH₃)CH₂F,and —CH(CH₃)CH₂Cl. In yet a further aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) isindependently selected from hydrogen, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, and—CH₂CH₂Cl. In an even further aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) isindependently selected from hydrogen, —CH₂F, and —CH₂Cl.

In various aspects, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selectedfrom hydrogen and halogen. In a still further aspect, each of R^(2a) andR^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, and —Br. In yeta further aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selectedfrom hydrogen, —F, and —Cl. In an even further aspect, each of R^(2a)and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen and —Cl. In a stillfurther aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected fromhydrogen and —F.

In various aspects, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selectedfrom hydrogen and C1-C6 alkyl. In a further aspect, each of R^(2a) andR^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In astill further aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independentlyselected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and i-propyl. In yet afurther aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected fromhydrogen and methyl, ethyl. In an even further aspect, each of R^(2a)and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl.

In a further aspect, R^(2a) is hydrogen. In a still further aspect,R^(2b) is hydrogen. In yet a further aspect, each of R^(2a) and R^(2b)is hydrogen.

In a further aspect, R^(2b) is C1-C4 alkyl. In a still further aspect,R^(2b) is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and isopropyl. In yet afurther aspect, R^(2b) is selected from methyl and ethyl. In an evenfurther aspect, R^(2b) is ethyl. In a still further aspect, R^(2b) ismethyl.

In one aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, togetherwith the intermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bondedand, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl,a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl, and aresubstituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from selectedfrom halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a still further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6cycloalkyl, a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl,and are substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In yet a further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6cycloalkyl, a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl,and are substituted with a group selected from selected from halogen,—CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In aneven further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, aC2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl, and areunsubstituted.

In various aspects, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl or aC2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, and are substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In a further aspect,R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl or a C2-C5heterocycloalkyl, and are substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groupsindependently selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In a still furtheraspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl or a C2-C5heterocycloalkyl, and are substituted with 0 or 1 group selected fromselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In yet a further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6cycloalkyl or a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, and are substituted with a groupselected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In an even further aspect, R^(2a)and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediateatoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl or a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, and areunsubstituted.

In various aspects, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkylsubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bondedand, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkylsubstituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from selectedfrom halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a still further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6cycloalkyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In yet a further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6cycloalkyl substituted with a group selected from selected from halogen,—CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In aneven further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise an unsubstituted C5-C6cycloalkyl.

In various aspects, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C2-C5 heterocycloalkylsubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. Examples of C2-C5 heterocycloalkyls include, but are notlimited to, thiirane, oxirane, aziridine, thietane, azetidine, oxetane,pyrrolidine, imidazolidine, tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydrofuran,piperidine, piperazine, thiane, and morpholine. In a further aspect,R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl substituted with0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from selected from halogen,—CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In astill further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C2-C5 heterocycloalkylsubstituted with 0 or 1 group selected from selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In yet afurther aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, togetherwith the intermediate atoms, comprise a C2-C5 heterocycloalkylsubstituted with a group selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In aneven further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise an unsubstituted C2-C5heterocycloalkyl.

In various aspects, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C6 aryl or a C2-C5heteroaryl, and are substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independentlyselected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In a further aspect, R^(2a) andR^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediate atoms,comprise a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substituted with 0, 1,or 2 groups independently selected from selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In astill further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a a C6 aryl or a C2-C5heteroaryl, and are substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from selectedfrom halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In yet a further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C6 aryl ora C2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substituted with a group selected fromselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In an even further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C6 aryl ora C2-C5 heteroaryl, and are unsubstituted.

In various aspects, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C6 aryl substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bondedand, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C6 arylsubstituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from selectedfrom halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a still further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a a C6 arylsubstituted with 0 or 1 group selected from selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In yet afurther aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, togetherwith the intermediate atoms, comprise a C6 aryl substituted with a groupselected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In an even further aspect, R^(2a)and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediateatoms, comprise an unsubstituted C6 aryl.

In various aspects, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C2-C5 heteroarylsubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. Examples of C2-C5 heteroaryls include, but are not limitedto, furan, pyrrole, thiophene, oxazole, isothiazole, pyridine, andtriazine. In a further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bondedand, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C2-C5 heteroarylsubstituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from selectedfrom halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a still further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C2-C5heteroaryl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In yet a further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C2-C5heteroaryl substituted with a group selected from selected from halogen,—CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In aneven further aspect, R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise an unsubstituted C2-C5heteroaryl.

d. R^(3a) and R^(3b) Groups

In one aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independentlyselected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl orR^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bonded and, togetherwith the intermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkyl substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl.

In one aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independentlyselected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl. In afurther aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,i-propyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂CH₂Cl,—CH(CH₃)CH₂F, —CH(CH₃)CH₂Cl. In a still further aspect, each of R^(3a)and R^(3b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, —F,—Cl, methyl, ethyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, and —CH₂CH₂Cl. In yet afurther aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, methyl, —CH₂F, and—CH₂Cl.

In various aspects, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen, and C1-C4 haloalkyl. In afurther aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F,—CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH(CH₃)CH₂F, and —CH(CH₃)CH₂Cl.In a still further aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F,and —CH₂CH₂Cl. In yet a further aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), whenpresent, is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —CH₂F, and—CH₂Cl.

In various aspects, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 haloalkyl. In a furtheraspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independentlyselected from hydrogen, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂F,—CH₂CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH(CH₃)CH₂F, and —CH(CH₃)CH₂Cl. In a still furtheraspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independentlyselected from hydrogen, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, and —CH₂CH₂Cl. In yet afurther aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, —CH₂F, and —CH₂Cl.

In various aspects, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and halogen. In a further aspect,each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independently selected fromhydrogen, —F, —Cl, and —Br. In a still further aspect, each of R^(3a)and R^(3b), when present, is independently selected from hydrogen, —F,and —Cl. In yet a further aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), whenpresent, is independently selected from hydrogen and —Cl. In an evenfurther aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and —F.

In various aspects, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In a furtheraspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independentlyselected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and i-propyl. In astill further aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In yet afurther aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and methyl.

In a further aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, ishydrogen.

In a further aspect, one of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is hydrogenand one of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is selected from halogen,C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl, or wherein R^(3a) and R^(3b), whenpresent, are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediateatoms, comprise an unsubstituted C3 cycloalkyl.

In one aspect, R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bondedand, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkylsubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a further aspect, R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, arecovalently bonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise aC3-C4 cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independentlyselected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In a still further aspect, R^(3a)and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkyl substituted with 0 or 1group selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In yet a furtheraspect, R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkylsubstituted with a group selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In aneven further aspect, R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise anunsubstituted C3-C4 cycloalkyl.

In a further aspect, each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl orwherein R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bonded and,together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkylsubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl.

e. R¹⁰ Groups

In one aspect, each occurrence of R¹⁰, when present, is independentlyselected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In a further aspect, eachoccurrence of R¹⁰, when present, is independently selected fromhydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and isopropyl. In a still furtheraspect, each occurrence of R¹⁰, when present, is independently selectedfrom hydrogen, methyl, and ethyl. In yet a further aspect, eachoccurrence of R¹⁰, when present, is independently selected from hydrogenand ethyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R¹⁰, whenpresent, is independently selected from hydrogen and methyl.

In various aspects, each occurrence of R¹⁰, when present, isindependently selected from C1-C4 alkyl. In a further aspect, eachoccurrence of R¹⁰, when present, is independently selected from methyl,ethyl, n-propyl, and isopropyl. In a still further aspect, eachoccurrence of R¹⁰, when present, is independently selected from methyland ethyl. In yet a further aspect, each occurrence of R¹⁰, whenpresent, is ethyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of R¹⁰,when present, is methyl.

f. R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e)

In one aspect, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e)is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl,provided that at least two of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) are hydrogen. Thus, in various aspects, each of R^(11a),R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected fromhydrogen, —F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,i-propyl, ethenyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F,—CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH(CH₃)CH₂F, —CH(CH₃)CH₂Cl,—CH₂CN, —CH₂CH₂CN, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CN, —CH(CH₃)CH₂CN, —CH₂OH, —CH₂CH₂OH,—CH₂CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)CH₂OH, —OCF₃, —OCH₂CF₃, —OCH₂CH₂CF₃, —OCH(CH₃)CF₃,—OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₂CH₂CH₃, —OCH(CH₃)CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃,—NHCH₂CH₂CH₃, —NHCH(CH₃)CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₂CH₃)₂, —N(CH₂CH₂CH₃)₂,—N(CH(CH₃)CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)(CH₂CH₃), —CH₂NH₂, —CH₂CH₂NH₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂NH₂,—CH(CH₃)CH₂NH₂, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In a further aspect, each ofR^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independentlyselected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, methyl, ethyl,ethenyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH₂CN, —CH₂CH₂CN, —CH₂OH,—CH₂CH₂OH, —OCF₃, —OCH₂CF₃, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃,—N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₂CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)(CH₂CH₃), —CH₂NH₂, —CH₂CH₂NH₂, and C3-C6cycloalkyl. In a still further aspect, each of R^(11a), R^(11b),R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen,—F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, methyl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CN, —CH₂OH,—OCF₃, —OCH₂CF₃, —OCH₃, —NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —CH₂NH₂, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl.

In various aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl, providedthat at least two of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) arehydrogen. Thus, in various further aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b),R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen,—F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-propyl,ethenyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In a furtheraspect, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) isindependently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂,methyl, ethyl, ethenyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In a still further aspect,each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independentlyselected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, methyl, and C3-C6cycloalkyl.

In various aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C2-C4alkenyl, provided that at least two of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c),R^(11d), and R^(11e) are hydrogen. Thus, in various further aspects,each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independentlyselected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, ethenyl,propenyl, and isopropenyl. In a further aspect, each of R^(11a),R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected fromhydrogen, methyl, ethyl, and ethenyl. In a still further aspect, each ofR^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independentlyselected from hydrogen and methyl.

In various aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen and C3-C6 cycloalkyl,provided that at least two of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) are hydrogen. Thus, in various further aspects, each of R^(11a),R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected fromhydrogen and C3-C5 cycloalkyl. In a further aspect, each of R^(11a),R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected fromhydrogen and C3-C4 cycloalkyl. In a still further aspect, each ofR^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independentlyselected from hydrogen and C4-C6 cycloalkyl. In yet a further aspect,each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independentlyselected from hydrogen and C5-C6 cycloalkyl.

In various aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy, provided that at leasttwo of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) are hydrogen.Thus, in various further aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c),R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl,—NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂F,—CH₂CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH(CH₃)CH₂F, —CH(CH₃)CH₂Cl, —OCF₃, —OCH₂CF₃, —OCH₂CH₂CF₃,and —OCH(CH₃)CF₃. In a further aspect, each of R^(11a), R^(11b),R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen,—F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl,—OCF₃, and —OCH₂CF₃. In a still further aspect, each of R^(11a),R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected fromhydrogen, —F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCF₃, and—OCH₂CF₃.

In various aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4haloalkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkoxy, provided that at least two of R^(11a),R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) are hydrogen. Thus, in variousfurther aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e)is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl,—CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂CH₂Cl, —CH(CH₃)CH₂F,—CH(CH₃)CH₂Cl, —OCF₃, —OCH₂CF₃, —OCH₂CH₂CF₃, and —OCH(CH₃)CF₃. In afurther aspect, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e)is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl,—CH₂CH₂F, —CH₂CH₂Cl, —OCF₃, and —OCH₂CF₃. In a still further aspect,each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independentlyselected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —CH₂F, —CH₂Cl, —OCF₃, and —OCH₂CF₃.

In various aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, and C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, provided that at least two of R^(11a),R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) are hydrogen. Thus, in variousfurther aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e)is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂,—CH₂CN, —CH₂CH₂CN, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CN, and —CH(CH₃)CH₂CN. In a further aspect,each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independentlyselected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, —CH₂CN, and—CH₂CH₂CN. In a still further aspect, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c),R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl,—NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, and —CH₂CN.

In various aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 cyanoalkyl,provided that at least two of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) are hydrogen. Thus, in various further aspects, each of R^(11a),R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected fromhydrogen, —CH₂CN, —CH₂CH₂CN, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CN, and —CH(CH₃)CH₂CN. In afurther aspect, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e)is independently selected from hydrogen, —CH₂CN, and —CH₂CH₂CN. In astill further aspect, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen and —CH₂CN.

In various aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy, provided that at leasttwo of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) are hydrogen.Thus, in various further aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c),R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl,—NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, —CH₂OH, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH₂CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)CH₂OH,—OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₂CH₂CH₃, and —OCH(CH₃)CH₃. In a further aspect,each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independentlyselected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, —CH₂OH,—CH₂CH₂OH, —OCH₃, and —OCH₂CH₃. In a still further aspect, each ofR^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independentlyselected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, —CH₂OH, and—OCH₃.

In various aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, andC1-C4 alkoxy, provided that at least two of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c),R^(11d), and R^(11e) are hydrogen. Thus, in various further aspects,each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d) and R^(11e) is independentlyselected from hydrogen, —CH₂OH, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CH₂CH₂CH₂OH, —CH(CH₃)CH₂OH,—OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, —OCH₂CH₂CH₃, and —OCH(CH₃)CH₃. In a further aspect,each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independentlyselected from hydrogen, —CH₂OH, —CH₂CH₂OH, —OCH₃, and —OCH₂CH₃. In astill further aspect, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen, —CH₂OH, and —OCH₃.

In various aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl, provided that at least two of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c),R^(11d), and R^(11e) are hydrogen. Thus, in various further aspects,each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independentlyselected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, —NHCH₃,—NHCH₂CH₃, —NHCH₂CH₂CH₃, —NHCH(CH₃)CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₂CH₃)₂,—N(CH₂CH₂CH₃)₂, —N(CH(CH₃)CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)(CH₂CH₃), —CH₂NH₂, —CH₂CH₂NH₂,—CH₂CH₂CH₂NH₂, and —CH(CH₃)CH₂NH₂. In a further aspect, each of R^(11a),R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected fromhydrogen, —F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂,—N(CH₂CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)(CH₂CH₃), —CH₂NH₂, and —CH₂CH₂NH₂. In a stillfurther aspect, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e)is independently selected from hydrogen, —F, —Cl, —NH₂, —CN, —OH, —NO₂,—NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂NH₂.

In various aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl, provided that atleast two of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) arehydrogen. Thus, in various further aspects, each of R^(11a), R^(11b),R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected from hydrogen,—NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —NHCH₂CH₂CH₃, —NHCH(CH₃)CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₂CH₃)₂,—N(CH₂CH₂CH₃)₂, —N(CH(CH₃)CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)(CH₂CH₃), —CH₂NH₂, —CH₂CH₂NH₂,—CH₂CH₂CH₂NH₂, and —CH(CH₃)CH₂NH₂. In a further aspect, each of R^(11a),R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected fromhydrogen, —NHCH₃, —NHCH₂CH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, —N(CH₂CH₃)₂, —N(CH₃)(CH₂CH₃),—CH₂NH₂, and —CH₂CH₂NH₂. In a still further aspect, each of R^(11a),R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) is independently selected fromhydrogen, —NHCH₃, —N(CH₃)₂, and —CH₂NH₂.

g. Ar¹ Groups

In one aspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independentlyselected from C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In afurther aspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independentlyselected from C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH,—NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl,C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In a still furtheraspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selectedfrom C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0 or 1group selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino,and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In yet a further aspect, each occurrence of Ar¹,when present, is independently selected from C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12aryl, and is monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In aneven further aspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, isindependently selected from C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and isunsubstituted.

In various aspects, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is C2-C5heteroaryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selectedfrom halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. Examples of heteroaryls include, but are not limited to,pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl,imidazolyl, benzo[d]oxazolyl, benzo[d]thiazolyl, quinolinyl,quinazolinyl, indazolyl, imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazinyl,imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazinyl, benzo[c][1,2,5]thiadiazolyl,benzo[c][1,2,5]oxadiazolyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl. In a furtheraspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is C2-C5 heteroarylsubstituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen,—CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In astill further aspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is C2-C5heteroaryl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In yet afurther aspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is C2-C5heteroaryl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In aneven further aspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, isunsubstituted C2-C5 heteroaryl.

In various aspects, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is C6-C12 arylsubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. Examples of aryls include, but are not limited to, phenyl,naphthyl, phenanthryl, and anthracenyl. In a further aspect, eachoccurrence of Ar¹, when present, is C6-C12 aryl substituted with 0, 1,or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In a still furtheraspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is C6-C12 aryl substitutedwith 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In yet a furtheraspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is C6-C12 arylmonosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH,—NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl,C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In an even furtheraspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is unsubstituted C6-C12aryl.

In various aspects, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is C6 arylsubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present,is C6 aryl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independently selectedfrom halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, whenpresent, is C6 aryl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen,—CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In yet afurther aspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is C6 arylmonosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH,—NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl,C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In an even furtheraspect, each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is unsubstituted C6 aryl.

h. Cy¹ Groups

In one aspect, Cy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl, andadamantyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independentlyselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In a further aspect, Cy¹ is selectedfrom C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl, and adamantyl, and is substituted with0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH,—NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl,C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. Ina still further aspect, Cy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl,and adamantyl, and is substituted with 0 or 1 group selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl,and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In yet a further aspect, Cy¹ is selected fromC2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl, and adamantyl, and is monosubstituted with agroup selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino,C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In an even further aspect, Cy¹is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl, and adamantyl, and isunsubstituted.

In various aspects, Cy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl.Examples of C2-C9 heteroaryls include, but are not limited to,thiophene, furan, pyrrole, oxazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyridine,pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, triazine, indole, azaindole, purine,benzofuran, quinolone, isoquinoline, and quinoxaline. In a furtheraspect, Cy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In a still furtheraspect, Cy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl substituted with 0 or 1 group selectedfrom halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl,and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In yet a further aspect, Cy¹ is C2-C9 heteroarylmonosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH,—NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl,C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. Inan even further aspect, Cy¹ is unsubstituted C2-C9 heteroaryl.

In various aspects, Cy¹ is C6 aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In a furtheraspect, Cy¹ is C6 aryl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independentlyselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In a still further aspect, Cy¹ is C6aryl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6cycloalkyl. In yet a further aspect, Cy¹ is C6 aryl monosubstituted witha group selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino,C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In an even further aspect, Cy¹is unsubstituted C6 aryl.

In various aspects, Cy¹ is C6 aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl.In a further aspect, Cy¹ is C6 aryl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groupsindependently selected from halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl.In a still further aspect, Cy¹ is C6 aryl substituted with 0 or 1 groupselected from halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In yet afurther aspect, Cy¹ is C6 aryl monosubstituted with a group selectedfrom halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl.

In various aspects, Cy¹ is C6 aryl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from —F, methyl, tert-butyl, and cyclopropyl. Ina further aspect, Cy¹ is C6 aryl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groupsindependently selected from —F, methyl, tert-butyl, and cyclopropyl. Ina still further aspect, Cy¹ is C6 aryl substituted with 0 or 1 groupselected from —F, methyl, tert-butyl, and cyclopropyl. In yet a furtheraspect, Cy¹ is C6 aryl monosubstituted with a group selected from —F,methyl, tert-butyl, and cyclopropyl.

In a further aspect, Cy¹ is C6 aryl para-substituted with a groupselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl.

In a further aspect, Cy¹ is C6 aryl para-substituted with a groupselected from halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl.

In a further aspect, Cy¹ is C6 aryl para-substituted with a groupselected from —F, methyl, tert-butyl, and cyclopropyl.

In a further aspect, Cy¹ is a structure:

In various aspects, Cy¹ is adamantyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. Ina further aspect, Cy¹ is adamantyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In a still furtheraspect, Cy¹ is adamantyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl,and C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In yet a further aspect, Cy¹ is adamantylmonosubstituted with a group selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH,—NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl,C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl.

In a further aspect, Cy¹ is unsubstituted adamantyl.

In a further aspect, Cy¹ is a structure:

i. Cy² Groups

In one aspect, each occurrence of Cy², when present, is independentlyselected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, andis substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of Cy², when present,is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl,and phenyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independentlyselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with 0 or 1 groupselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In yet a further aspect, each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is monosubstituted with a groupselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is unsubstituted.

In various aspects, each occurrence of Cy², when present, isindependently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl and C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl,and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of Cy², when present,is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl and C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In a still further aspect, eachoccurrence of Cy², when present, is independently selected from C3-C6cycloalkyl and C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl, and is substituted with 0 or 1group selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino,and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In yet a further aspect, each occurrence of Cy²,when present, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl and C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and is monosubstituted with a group selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl and C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and is unsubstituted.

In various aspects, each occurrence of Cy², when present, isindependently C3-C6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In a further aspect, each occurrenceof Cy², when present, is independently C3-C6 cycloalkyl substituted with0, 1, or 2 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH,—NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl,C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In a still furtheraspect, each occurrence of Cy², when present, is independently C3-C6cycloalkyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In yet afurther aspect, each occurrence of Cy², when present, is independentlyC3-C6 cycloalkyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen,—CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In aneven further aspect, each occurrence of Cy², when present, isindependently unsubstituted C3-C6 cycloalkyl.

In various aspects, each occurrence of Cy², when present, isindependently C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. Examples of C3-C6heterocycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, thietane, azetidine,oxetane, pyrrolidine, imidazolidine, tetrahydrothiophene,tetrahydrofuran, piperidine, piperazine, thiane, morpholine, andazaindole. In a further aspect, each occurrence of Cy², when present, isindependently C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In a still further aspect, eachoccurrence of Cy², when present, is independently C3-C6 heterocycloalkylsubstituted with 0 or 1 group selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH,—NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl,C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In yet a furtheraspect, each occurrence of Cy², when present, is independently C3-C6heterocycloalkyl monosubstituted with a group selected from halogen,—CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl. In aneven further aspect, each occurrence of Cy², when present, isindependently unsubstituted C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl.

In various aspects, each occurrence of Cy², when present, isindependently phenyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independentlyselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a further aspect, each occurrence of Cy², when present,is independently phenyl substituted with 0, 1, or 2 groups independentlyselected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl,C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy,C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In a still further aspect, each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently phenyl substituted with 0 or 1 group selectedfrom halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In yet a further aspect, each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently phenyl monosubstituted with a group selectedfrom halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl. In an even further aspect, each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is unsubstituted phenyl.

2. Example Compounds

In one aspect, a compound can be present as one or more of the followingstructures:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In one aspect, a compound can be present as the following structure:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In one aspect, a compound can be present as one or more of the followingstructures:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

3. Prophetic Compound Examples

The following compound examples are prophetic, and can be prepared usingthe synthesis methods described herein above and other general methodsas needed as would be known to one skilled in the art. It is anticipatedthat the prophetic compounds would be active as antiviral agents, andsuch activity can be determined using the assay methods described hereinbelow.

In one aspect, a compound can be selected from:

C. Pharmaceutical Compositions

In one aspect, disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising adisclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and apharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In one aspect, disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising apharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a therapeutically effectiveamount of at least one compound having a structure represented by aformula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8cyanoalkoxy, —OCy², —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹,—CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰, when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selected from C2-C5heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; or wherein R^(2a) andR^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediate atoms,comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or aC2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; and wherein each ofR^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a)and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1,2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; whereinCy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl, and adamantyl, and issubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl,and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that when Cy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl, theneither (i) p is 1 and A is O or (ii) n is 1 or 2 and each of R^(3a) andR^(3b) are not hydrogen; provided that when Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then p is 1and either (i) A is O or (ii) each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is hydrogen andat least one of R^(3a) and R^(3b) is not hydrogen; and provided thatwhen Cy¹ is

and p is 0, then n is 0 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof.

In one aspect, disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising apharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a therapeutically effectiveamount of at least one compound having a structure represented by aformula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰,—O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰,when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;wherein each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selectedfrom C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2,or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Cy², when present, is independently selected from C3-C6cycloalkyl, C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; orwherein R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl; and wherein each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selectedfrom selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino,and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein Cy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6aryl, and adamantyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that whenCy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl, then either (i) p is 1 and A is O or (ii) n is1 or 2 and each of R^(3a) and R^(3b) are not hydrogen; provided thatwhen Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then p is 1 and either (i) A is O or (ii) each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is hydrogen and at least one of R^(3a) and R^(3b) isnot hydrogen; and provided that when Cy¹ is

and p is 0, then n is 0 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof.

In one aspect, disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising apharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a therapeutically effectiveamount of at least one compound having a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In various aspects, the compounds and compositions of the invention canbe administered in pharmaceutical compositions, which are formulatedaccording to the intended method of administration. The compounds andcompositions described herein can be formulated in a conventional mannerusing one or more physiologically acceptable carriers or excipients. Forexample, a pharmaceutical composition can be formulated for local orsystemic administration, e.g., administration by drops or injection intothe ear, insufflation (such as into the ear), intravenous, topical, ororal administration.

The nature of the pharmaceutical compositions for administration isdependent on the mode of administration and can readily be determined byone of ordinary skill in the art. In various aspects, the pharmaceuticalcomposition is sterile or sterilizable. The therapeutic compositionsfeatured in the invention can contain carriers or excipients, many ofwhich are known to skilled artisans. Excipients that can be used includebuffers (for example, citrate buffer, phosphate buffer, acetate buffer,and bicarbonate buffer), amino acids, urea, alcohols, ascorbic acid,phospholipids, polypeptides (for example, serum albumin), EDTA, sodiumchloride, liposomes, mannitol, sorbitol, water, and glycerol. Thenucleic acids, polypeptides, small molecules, and other modulatorycompounds featured in the invention can be administered by any standardroute of administration. For example, administration can be parenteral,intravenous, subcutaneous, or oral. A modulatory compound can beformulated in various ways, according to the corresponding route ofadministration. For example, liquid solutions can be made foradministration by drops into the ear, for injection, or for ingestion;gels or powders can be made for ingestion or topical application.Methods for making such formulations are well known and can be found in,for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Gennaro,ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1990.

In various aspects, the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions comprisethe disclosed compounds (including pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)thereof) as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,and, optionally, other therapeutic ingredients or adjuvants. The instantcompositions include those suitable for oral, rectal, topical, andparenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous)administration, although the most suitable route in any given case willdepend on the particular host, and nature and severity of the conditionsfor which the active ingredient is being administered. Thepharmaceutical compositions can be conveniently presented in unit dosageform and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art ofpharmacy.

In various aspects, the pharmaceutical compositions of this inventioncan include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound or apharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compounds of the invention. Thecompounds of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable saltsthereof, can also be included in pharmaceutical compositions incombination with one or more other therapeutically active compounds.

The pharmaceutical carrier employed can be, for example, a solid,liquid, or gas. Examples of solid carriers include lactose, terra alba,sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, andstearic acid. Examples of liquid carriers are sugar syrup, peanut oil,olive oil, and water. Examples of gaseous carriers include carbondioxide and nitrogen.

In preparing the compositions for oral dosage form, any convenientpharmaceutical media can be employed. For example, water, glycols, oils,alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the likecan be used to form oral liquid preparations such as suspensions,elixirs and solutions; while carriers such as starches, sugars,microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants,binders, disintegrating agents, and the like can be used to form oralsolid preparations such as powders, capsules and tablets. Because oftheir ease of administration, tablets and capsules are the preferredoral dosage units whereby solid pharmaceutical carriers are employed.Optionally, tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or nonaqueoustechniques.

A tablet containing the composition of this invention can be prepared bycompression or molding, optionally with one or more accessoryingredients or adjuvants. Compressed tablets can be prepared bycompressing, in a suitable machine, the active ingredient in afree-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with abinder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent.Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine, a mixtureof the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise acompound of the invention (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof)as an active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, andoptionally one or more additional therapeutic agents or adjuvants. Theinstant compositions include compositions suitable for oral, rectal,topical, and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, andintravenous) administration, although the most suitable route in anygiven case will depend on the particular host, and nature and severityof the conditions for which the active ingredient is being administered.The pharmaceutical compositions can be conveniently presented in unitdosage form and prepared by any of the methods well known in the art ofpharmacy.

Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable forparenteral administration can be prepared as solutions or suspensions ofthe active compounds in water. A suitable surfactant can be includedsuch as, for example, hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also beprepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereofin oils. Further, a preservative can be included to prevent thedetrimental growth of microorganisms.

Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable forinjectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions.Furthermore, the compositions can be in the form of sterile powders forthe extemporaneous preparation of such sterile injectable solutions ordispersions. In all cases, the final injectable form must be sterile andmust be effectively fluid for easy syringability. The pharmaceuticalcompositions must be stable under the conditions of manufacture andstorage; thus, preferably should be preserved against the contaminatingaction of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can bea solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol,polyol (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol and liquid polyethyleneglycol), vegetable oils, and suitable mixtures thereof.

Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be in a formsuitable for topical use such as, for example, an aerosol, cream,ointment, lotion, dusting powder, mouthwashes, gargles, and the like.Further, the compositions can be in a form suitable for use intransdermal devices. These formulations can be prepared, utilizing acompound of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,via conventional processing methods. As an example, a cream or ointmentis prepared by mixing hydrophilic material and water, together withabout 5 wt % to about 10 wt % of the compound, to produce a cream orointment having a desired consistency.

Pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be in a form suitablefor rectal administration wherein the carrier is a solid. It ispreferable that the mixture forms unit dose suppositories. Suitablecarriers include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in theart. The suppositories can be conveniently formed by first admixing thecomposition with the softened or melted carrier(s) followed by chillingand shaping in molds.

In addition to the aforementioned carrier ingredients, thepharmaceutical formulations described above can include, as appropriate,one or more additional carrier ingredients such as diluents, buffers,flavoring agents, binders, surface-active agents, thickeners,lubricants, preservatives (including anti-oxidants) and the like.Furthermore, other adjuvants can be included to render the formulationisotonic with the blood of the intended recipient. Compositionscontaining a compound of the invention, and/or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof, can also be prepared in powder or liquidconcentrate form.

In a further aspect, an effective amount is a therapeutically effectiveamount. In a still further aspect, an effective amount is aprophylactically effective amount.

In a further aspect, the pharmaceutical composition is administered to amammal. In a still further aspect, the mammal is a human. In an evenfurther aspect, the human is a patient.

In a further aspect, the pharmaceutical composition is used to treat aviral infection such as, for example, chikungunya, Venezuelan equineencephalitis, Eastern equine encephalitis, and Western equineencephalitis.

It is understood that the disclosed compositions can be prepared fromthe disclosed compounds. It is also understood that the disclosedcompositions can be employed in the disclosed methods of using.

D. Methods of Making a Compound

The compounds of this invention can be prepared by employing reactionsas shown in the following schemes, in addition to other standardmanipulations that are known in the literature, exemplified in theexperimental sections or clear to one skilled in the art. For clarity,examples having a single substituent are shown where multiplesubstituents are allowed under the definitions disclosed herein.

Reactions used to generate the compounds of this invention are preparedby employing reactions as shown in the following Reaction Schemes, asdescribed and exemplified below. In certain specific examples, thedisclosed compounds can be prepared by Routes I-VI, as described andexemplified below. The following examples are provided so that theinvention might be more fully understood, are illustrative only, andshould not be construed as limiting.

1. Route I

In one aspect, substituted 2-pyrimidone analogs can be prepared as shownbelow.

Compounds are represented in generic form, wherein X is a halogen andwith substituents as noted in compound descriptions elsewhere herein. Amore specific example is set forth below.

In one aspect, compounds of type 1.6 and similar compounds can beprepared according to reaction Scheme 1B above. Thus, compounds of type1.6 can be prepared by reacting an appropriate nucleophilic compound,e.g., 1.5 as shown above, with an appropriate electrophilic compound,e.g., 1.4 as shown above. Appropriate nucleophilic compounds andappropriate electrophilic compounds are commercially available orprepared by methods known to one skilled in the art. The reaction iscarried out in the presence of a suitable base, e.g., sodium acetate, ina suitable solvent, e.g., anhydrous ethanol, at a suitable temperature,e.g., 78° C. As can be appreciated by one skilled in the art, the abovereaction provides an example of a generalized approach wherein compoundssimilar in structure to the specific reactants above (compounds similarto compounds of type 1.1 and 1.2) can be substituted in the reaction toprovide substituted 2-pyrimidone analogs similar to Formula 1.3.

2. Route II

In another aspect, substituted 2-pyrimidone analogs can be prepared asshown below.

Compounds are represented in generic form with substituents as noted incompound descriptions elsewhere herein. A more specific example is setforth below.

In one aspect, compounds of type 2.6 and similar compounds can beprepared according to reaction Scheme 2B above. Thus, compounds of type2.6 can be prepared by a coupling reaction between an appropriatecarboxylic acid, e.g., 2.5 as shown above, with an appropriate amine,e.g., 2.4 as shown above. Appropriate carboxylic acids and appropriateamines are commercially available or prepared by methods known to oneskilled in the art. The coupling reaction is carried out in the presenceof a suitable coupling agent, e.g.,2-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate(HBTU) as shown above, and a suitable additive, e.g.,hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt), in a suitable solvent, e.g.,dimethylformamide (DMF), at a suitable temperature, e.g., 70° C. As canbe appreciated by one skilled in the art, the above reaction provides anexample of a generalized approach wherein compounds similar in structureto the specific reactants above (compounds similar to compounds of type2.1 and 2.2) can be substituted in the reaction to provide substituted2-pyrimidone analogs similar to Formula 2.3.

3. Route III

In a further aspect, substituted 2-pyrimidone analogs can be prepared asshown below.

Compounds are represented in generic form, wherein PG is an amineprotecting group and with other substituents as noted in compounddescriptions elsewhere herein. A more specific example is set forthbelow.

In one aspect, compounds of type 3.14 and similar compounds can beprepared according to reaction Scheme 3B above. Thus, compounds of type3.10 can be prepared by a coupling reaction between an appropriateamine, e.g., 3.8 as shown above, and an appropriate carboxylic acid,e.g., 3.9 as shown above. Appropriate amines and appropriate carboxylicacids are commercially available or prepared by methods known to oneskilled in the art. The coupling reaction is carried out in the presenceof an appropriate coupling agent, e.g.,1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC.HCl),and an appropriate catalyst, e.g., 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) in anappropriate solvent system, e.g., tetrahydrofuran (THF) anddichloromethane (DCM). Compounds of type 3.11 can be prepared bydeprotection of an appropriate amine, e.g., 3.10 as shown above. Thedeprotection can be carried out in the presence of an appropriate acid,e.g., triflouroacetic acid (TFA) as shown above. Compounds of type 3.13can be prepared by reaction with an appropriate electrophilic compound,e.g., 3.12 as shown above. Appropriate electrophilic compounds arecommercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilled inthe art. The reaction is carried out in the presence of a suitable base,e.g., N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA), in an appropriate solvent,e.g., ethanol, at a suitable temperature, e.g., 120° C. in a microwavereactor, for a suitable time, e.g., two hours. Compounds of type 3.14can be prepared by subjecting an appropriate primidine, e.g., 3.13, toan appropriate acid, e.g., hydrobromic acid, in an appropriate proticsolvent, e.g., acetic acid, at a suitable temperature, e.g., 100° C. Ascan be appreciated by one skilled in the art, the above reactionprovides an example of a generalized approach wherein compounds similarin structure to the specific reactants above (compounds similar tocompounds of type 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, and 3.6) can be substitutedin the reaction to provide substituted 2-pyrimidone analogs similar toFormula 3.7.

4. Route IV

In another aspect, substituted 2-pyrimidone analogs can be prepared asshown below.

Compounds are represented in generic form with substituents as noted incompound descriptions elsewhere herein. A more specific example is setforth.

In one aspect, compounds of type 4.15 and similar compounds can beprepared according to reaction Scheme 4B above. Thus, compounds of type4.11 and similar compounds can be prepared by a coupling reactionbetween an appropriate carboxylic acid, e.g., 4.9 as shown above, withan appropriate amine, e.g., 4.8 as shown above. Appropriate carboxylicacids and appropriate amines are commercially available or prepared bymethods known to one skilled in the art. The coupling reaction can becarried out in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent, e.g.,2-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate(HBTU) as shown above, and a suitable base, e.g.,N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA), in the presence of a suitablesolvent, e.g., DMF, at a suitable temperature, e.g., 70° C. Compounds oftype 4.13 can be prepared by reaction with an appropriate electrophiliccompound, e.g., 4.12 as shown above. Suitable electrophilic compoundsare commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilledin the art. The reaction is carried out in the presence of anappropriate base, e.g., N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA), and anappropriate hydride source, e.g., sodium hydride, in an appropriatesolvent, e.g., THF. Compounds of type 4.14 can be prepared by oxidationof a compound of type 4.13. The oxidation is carried out in the presenceof a suitable oxidant, e.g., meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid as shownabove, in a suitable solvent, e.g., methylene chloride. Compounds oftype 4.15 can be prepared by subjecting an appropriate pyrimidine, e.g.,4.14, to an appropriate base, e.g., sodium hydroxide, in a suitablesolvent, e.g., anhydrous 1,4-dioxane. As can be appreciated by oneskilled in the art, the above reaction provides an example of ageneralized approach wherein compounds similar in structure to thespecific reactants above (compounds similar to compounds of type 4.1,4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, and 4.6) can be substituted in the reaction toprovide substituted 2-pyrimidone analogs similar to Formula 4.7.

5. Route V

In a further aspect, substituted 2-pyrimidone analogs can be prepared asshown below.

Compounds are represented in generic form with substituents as noted incompound descriptions elsewhere herein. A more specific example is setforth below in Scheme 5B.

In one aspect, compounds of type 5.12 and similar compounds can beprepared according to reaction Scheme 5B above. Thus, compounds of type5.9 and similar compounds can be prepared by a coupling reaction betweenan appropriate carboxylic acid, e.g., 5.8 as shown above, with anappropriate amine, e.g., 5.7 as shown above. Appropriate carboxylicacids and appropriate amines are commercially available or prepared bymethods known to one skilled in the art. The coupling reaction iscarried out in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent, e.g., HBTUas shown above, and a suitable base, e.g., DIPEA, in a suitable solvent,e.g., DMF, at a suitable temperature, e.g., 70° C. Compounds of type5.11 can be prepared by reaction with an appropriate electrophiliccompound, e.g., 5.10 as shown above. Suitable electrophilic compoundsare commercially available or prepared by methods known to one skilledin the art. The reaction is carried out in the presence of anappropriate base, e.g., DIPEA, and an appropriate hydride source, e.g.,sodium hydride, in an appropriate solvent, e.g., THF. Compounds of type5.12 can be prepared by subjecting an appropriate pyrimidine, e.g., 5.11as shown above, to an appropriate catalyst, e.g.,tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium, and an appropriate salt, e.g.,sodium borohydride, in an appropriate solvent, e.g., THF, at anappropriate temperature, e.g., 0° C. As can be appreciated by oneskilled in the art, the above reaction provides an example of ageneralized approach wherein compounds similar in structure to thespecific reactants above (compounds similar to compounds of type 5.1,5.2, 5.3, 5.4, and 5.5) can be substituted in the reaction to providesubstituted 2-pyrimidone analogs similar to Formula 5.6.

6. Route VI

In another aspect, substituted 2-pyrimidone analogs can be prepared asshown below.

Compounds are represented in generic form with substituents as noted incompound descriptions elsewhere herein. A more specific example is setforth below.

In one aspect, compounds of type 6.14 and similar compounds can beprepared according to reaction Scheme 6B above. Thus, compounds of type6.10 and similar compounds can be prepared by reacting an appropriatehalide, e.g., 6.8, and an appropriate heterocycle, e.g., 6.9 as shownabove. Appropriate halides and appropriate heterocycles are commerciallyavailable or prepared by methods known to one skilled in the art. Thereaction is carried out in the presence of an appropriate base, e.g.,DIPEA, in an appropriate solvent, e.g., THF. Compounds of type 6.12 canbe prepared by reacting an appropriate electrophilic agent, e.g., 6.10as shown above, and an appropriate nucleophilic agent, e.g., 6.11 asshown above. The reaction is carried out in the presence of anappropriate base, e.g., DIPEA, and an appropriate hydride source, e.g.,sodium hydride, in an appropriate solvent, e.g., THF. Compounds of type6.13 can be prepared by oxidation of an appropriate sulfane, e.g., 6.12as shown above. The oxidation is carried out in the presence of anappropriate oxidizing agent, e.g., meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, in anappropriate solvent, e.g., DCM. Compounds of type 6.14 can be preparedby subjecting an appropriate pyrimidine, e.g., 6.13 as shown above, to abase, e.g., sodium hydroxide, in a suitable solvent, e.g., 1,4-dioxane.As can be appreciated by one skilled in the art, the above reactionprovides an example of a generalized approach wherein compounds similarin structure to the specific reactants above (compounds similar tocompounds of type 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, and 6.6) can be substitutedin the reaction to provide substituted 2-pyrimidone analogs similar toFormula 6.7.

E. Methods of Using the Compounds

The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the invention areuseful in treating or controlling disorders associated with a viralinfection, in particular, those due to an Alphavirus such as, forexample, CHIKV, WEEV, EEEV, and VEEV. To treat or control the disorder,the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compoundsare administered to a subject in need thereof, such as a vertebrate,e.g., a mammal, a fish, a bird, a reptile, or an amphibian. The subjectcan be a human, non-human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat,cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent. The term does not denote a particularage or sex. Thus, adult and newborn subjects, as well as fetuses,whether male or female, are intended to be covered. The subject ispreferably a mammal, such as a human. Prior to administering thecompounds or compositions, the subject can be diagnosed with a need fortreatment of a viral infection, such as CHIKV, WEEV, EEEV, and VEEV.

The compounds or compositions can be administered to the subjectaccording to any method. Such methods are well known to those skilled inthe art and include, but are not limited to, oral administration,transdermal administration, administration by inhalation, nasaladministration, topical administration, intravaginal administration,ophthalmic administration, intraaural administration, intracerebraladministration, rectal administration, sublingual administration, buccaladministration and parenteral administration, including injectable suchas intravenous administration, intra-arterial administration,intramuscular administration, and subcutaneous administration.Administration can be continuous or intermittent. A preparation can beadministered therapeutically; that is, administered to treat an existingdisease or condition. A preparation can also be administeredprophylactically; that is, administered for prevention of a viralinfection, such as CHIKV, WEEV, EEEV, and VEEV.

The therapeutically effective amount or dosage of the compound can varywithin wide limits. Such a dosage is adjusted to the individualrequirements in each particular case including the specific compound(s)being administered, the route of administration, the condition beingtreated, as well as the patient being treated. In general, in the caseof oral or parenteral administration to adult humans weighingapproximately 70 Kg or more, a daily dosage of about 10 mg to about10,000 mg, preferably from about 200 mg to about 1,000 mg, should beappropriate, although the upper limit may be exceeded. The daily dosagecan be administered as a single dose or in divided doses, or forparenteral administration, as a continuous infusion. Single dosecompositions can contain such amounts or submultiples thereof of thecompound or composition to make up the daily dose. The dosage can beadjusted by the individual physician in the event of anycontraindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one ormore dose administrations daily, for one or several days.

1. Treatment Methods

The compounds disclosed herein are useful for treating or controllingdisorders associated with a viral infection, in particular, CHIKV, WEEV,EEEV, and VEEV. Thus, provided is a method comprising administering atherapeutically effective amount of a disclosed compound to a subject.In a further aspect, the method can be a method for treating a viralinfection.

a. Treating a Viral Infection

In one aspect, disclosed are methods of treating a viral infection in asubject having the viral infection, the method comprising the step ofadministering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of atleast one disclosed compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof.

In one aspect, disclosed are methods for the treatment of a viralinfection in a subject having the viral infection, the method comprisingthe step of administering to the subject a therapeutically effectiveamount of at least one compound having a structure represented by aformula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8cyanoalkoxy, —OCy², —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹,—CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰, when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selected from C2-C5heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; or wherein R^(2a) andR^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediate atoms,comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or aC2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; and wherein each ofR^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a)and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1,2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; whereinCy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl, and adamantyl, and issubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl,and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that when Cy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl, theneither (i) p is 1 and A is O or (ii) n is 1 or 2 and each of R^(3a) andR^(3b) are not hydrogen; provided that when Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then p is 1and either (i) A is O or (ii) each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is hydrogen andat least one of R^(3a) and R^(3b) is not hydrogen; and provided thatwhen Cy¹ is

and p is 0, then n is 0 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, wherein the viral infection is due to an Alphavirus, therebytreating the viral infection.

In one aspect, disclosed are methods for the treatment of a viralinfection in a subject having the viral infection, the method comprisingthe step of administering to the subject a therapeutically effectiveamount of at least one compound having a structure represented by aformula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰,—O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰,when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;wherein each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selectedfrom C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2,or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Cy², when present, is independently selected from C3-C6cycloalkyl, C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; orwherein R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl; and wherein each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selectedfrom selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino,and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein Cy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6aryl, and adamantyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that whenp is 1, A is S, and Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then Cy¹ is not substituted with ahalogen group, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, whereinthe viral infection is due to an Alphavirus, thereby treating the viralinfection.

Examples of viral infections include, but are not limited to,Chikungunya virus (CHIKV), Semliki Firest virus, Ross River virus,Venezuelan equine encephalitis (VEEV), Eastern equine encephalitis(EEEV), and Western equine encephalitis (WEEV). In a further aspect, theAlphavirus is selected from CHIKV and VEEV.

In a further aspect, the subject has been diagnosed with a need fortreatment of the viral infection prior to the administering step.

In a further aspect, the subject is a mammal. In a still further aspect,the mammal is a human.

In a further aspect, the method further comprises the step ofidentifying a subject in need of treatment of the viral infection.

In a further aspect, the effective amount is a therapeutically effectiveamount. In a still further aspect, the effective amount is aprophylactically effective amount.

In a further aspect, the disorder is associated with a viral infection.In a still further aspect, the viral infection is due to an Alphavirus.In an even further aspect, the viral infection is selected from CHIKV,VEEV, WEEV, and EEEV.

In a further aspect, the method further comprises the step ofadministering a therapeutically effective amount of at least oneantiviral agent. In a still further aspect, the at least one agent isselected from acemannan, acyclovir, acyclovir sodium, adamantanamine,adefovir, adenine arabinoside, alovudine, alvircept sudotox, amantadinehydrochloride, aranotin, arildone, atevirdine mesylate, avridine,cidofovir, cipamfylline, cytarabine hydrochloride, BMS 806, C31G,carrageenan, cellulose sulfate, cyclodextrins, dapivirine, delavirdinemesylate, desciclovir, dextrin 2-sulfate, didanosine, disoxaril,dolutegravir, edoxudine, enviradene, envirozime, etravirine,famciclovir, famotine hydrochloride, fiacitabine, fialuridine,fosarilate, foscarnet sodium, fosfonet sodium, FTC, ganciclovir,ganciclovir sodium, GSK 1265744, 9-2-hydroxy-ethoxy methylguanine,ibalizumab, idoxuridine, interferon, 5-iodo-2′-deoxyuridine, IQP-0528,kethoxal, lamivudine, lobucavir, maraviroc, memotine pirodavir,penciclovir, raltegravir, ribavirin, rimantadine hydrochloride,rilpivirine (TMC-278), saquinavir mesylate, SCH-C, SCH-D, somantadinehydrochloride, sorivudine, statolon, stavudine, T20, tiloronehydrochloride, TMC120, TMC125, trifluridine, trifluorothymidine,tenofovir, tenofovir alefenamide, tenofovir disoproxyl fumarate,prodrugs of tenofovir, UC-781, UK-427, UK-857, valacyclovir,valacyclovir hydrochloride, vidarabine, vidarabine phosphate, vidarabinesodium phosphate, viroxime, zalcitabene, zidovudine, and zinviroxime.

In a further aspect, the at least one compound and the at least oneagent are administered sequentially. In a still further aspect, the atleast one compound and the at least one agent are administeredsimultaneously.

In a further aspect, the at least one compound and the at least oneagent are co-formulated. In a still further aspect, the at least onecompound and the at least one agent are co-packaged.

2. Methods of Inhibiting a Viral Infection in a Mammal

In one aspect, disclosed are methods of inhibiting a viral infection ina mammal, the method comprising the step of administering to the mammala therapeutically effective amount of at least one disclosed compound,or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Thus, in one aspect, disclosed are methods of inhibiting a viralinfection in a mammal, the method comprising the step of administeringto the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of at least onecompound having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8cyanoalkoxy, —OCy², —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹,—CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰, when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selected from C2-C5heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; or wherein R^(2a) andR^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediate atoms,comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or aC2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; and wherein each ofR^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a)and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1,2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; whereinCy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl, and adamantyl, and issubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl,and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that when Cy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl, theneither (i) p is 1 and A is O or (ii) n is 1 or 2 and each of R^(3a) andR^(3b) are not hydrogen; provided that when Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then p is 1and either (i) A is O or (ii) each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is hydrogen andat least one of R^(3a) and R^(3b) is not hydrogen; and provided thatwhen Cy¹ is

and p is 0, then n is 0 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, wherein the viral infection is due to an Alphavirus, therebyinhibiting the viral infection in the mammal.

In one aspect, disclosed are methods of inhibiting a viral infection ina mammal, the method comprising the step of administering to the mammala therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having astructure represented by a formula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰,—O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰,when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;wherein each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selectedfrom C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2,or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Cy², when present, is independently selected from C3-C6cycloalkyl, C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; orwherein R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl; and wherein each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selectedfrom selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino,and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein Cy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6aryl, and adamantyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that whenp is 1, A is S, and Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then Cy¹ is not substituted with ahalogen group, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, whereinthe viral infection is due to an Alphavirus, thereby inhibiting theviral infection in the mammal.

In a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of a viralinfection. In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits a decreasein a viral infection. In yet a further aspect, the viral infection isCHIKV or VEEV.

In a further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of Alphavirusactivity with an EC₉₀ of less than about 30 μM. In a still furtheraspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of Alphavirus activity with anEC₉₀ of less than about 25 μM. In yet a further aspect, the compoundexhibits inhibition of Alphavirus activity with an EC₉₀ of less thanabout 20 μM. In an even further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibitionof Alphavirus activity with an EC₉₀ of less than about 15 μM. In a stillfurther aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition of Alphavirus activitywith an EC₉₀ of less than about 10 μM. In yet a further aspect, thecompound exhibits inhibition of Alphavirus activity with an EC₉₀ of lessthan about 5 μM. In an even further aspect, the compound exhibitsinhibition of Alphavirus activity with an EC₉₀ of less than about 1 μM.In a still further aspect, the compound exhibits inhibition ofAlphavirus activity with an EC₉₀ of less than about 0.5 μM.

In a further aspect, the subject is a mammal. In a still further aspect,the subject is a human.

In a further aspect, the subject has been diagnosed with a need fortreatment of the viral infection prior to the administering step. In astill further aspect, the method further comprises the step ofidentifying a subject in need of treatment of the viral infection.

3. Methods of Inhibiting a Viral Infection in at Least One Cell

In one aspect, disclosed are methods for inhibiting a viral infection inat least one cell, the method comprising the step of contacting the atleast one cell with an effective amount of at least one disclosedcompound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Thus, in one aspect, disclosed are methods for inhibiting a viralinfection in at least one cell, the method comprising the step ofcontacting the at least one cell with an effective amount of at leastone compound having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8cyanoalkoxy, —OCy², —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹,—CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰, when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selected from C2-C5heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; or wherein R^(2a) andR^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediate atoms,comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or aC2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; and wherein each ofR^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a)and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1,2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; whereinCy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl, and adamantyl, and issubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl,and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that when Cy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl, theneither (i) p is 1 and A is O or (ii) n is 1 or 2 and each of R^(3a) andR^(3b) are not hydrogen; provided that when Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then p is 1and either (i) A is O or (ii) each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is hydrogen andat least one of R^(3a) and R^(3b) is not hydrogen; and provided thatwhen Cy¹ is

and p is 0, then n is 0 or 2,or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the viralinfection is due to an Alphavirus, thereby inhibiting the viralinfection in the at least one cell.

In one aspect, disclosed are methods for inhibiting a viral infection inat least one cell, the method comprising the step of contacting the atleast one cell with an effective amount of at least one compound havinga structure represented by a formula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰,—O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰,when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;wherein each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selectedfrom C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2,or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Cy², when present, is independently selected from C3-C6cycloalkyl, C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; orwherein R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl; and wherein each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selectedfrom selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino,and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein Cy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6aryl, and adamantyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that whenp is 1, A is S, and Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then Cy¹ is not substituted with ahalogen group, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, whereinthe viral infection is due to an Alphavirus, thereby inhibiting theviral infection in the at least one cell.

In a further aspect, the cell is mammalian. In a still further aspect,the cell is human. In yet a further aspect, the cell has been isolatedfrom a mammal prior to the contacting step.

In a further aspect, contacting is via administration to a mammal.

4. Use of Compounds

In one aspect, the invention relates to the use of a disclosed compoundor a product of a disclosed method. In a further aspect, a use relatesto the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a viralinfection in a subject.

Also provided are the uses of the disclosed compounds and products. Inone aspect, the invention relates to use of at least one disclosedcompound; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, orpolymorph thereof. In a further aspect, the compound used is a productof a disclosed method of making.

In a further aspect, the use relates to a process for preparing apharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amountof a disclosed compound or a product of a disclosed method of making, ora pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof, foruse as a medicament.

In a further aspect, the use relates to a process for preparing apharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amountof a disclosed compound or a product of a disclosed method of making, ora pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or polymorph thereof,wherein a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is intimately mixed with atherapeutically effective amount of the compound or the product of adisclosed method of making.

In various aspects, the use relates to a treatment of a viral infectionin a subject. Also disclosed is the use of a compound for antagonism orinhibition of a viral infection. In one aspect, the use is characterizedin that the subject is a human. In one aspect, the use is characterizedin that the viral infection is due to an Alphavirus.

In a further aspect, the use relates to the manufacture of a medicamentfor the treatment of a viral infection in a subject.

In a further aspect, the use relates to antagonism or inhibition of aviral infection in a subject. In a further aspect, the use relates tomodulating viral activity in a subject. In a still further aspect, theuse relates to modulating viral activity in a cell. In yet a furtheraspect, the subject is a human.

It is understood that the disclosed uses can be employed in connectionwith the disclosed compounds, products of disclosed methods of making,methods, compositions, and kits. In a further aspect, the inventionrelates to the use of a disclosed compound or a disclosed product in themanufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a viral infection in amammal. In a further aspect, the viral infection is selected fromChikungunya virus (CHIKV), Ross River virus, Venezuelan equineencephalitis (VEEV), Eastern equine encephalitis (EEEV), and Westernequine encephalitis (WEEV).

5. Manufacture of a Medicament

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method for the manufacture ofa medicament for treating a viral infection in a subject having theviral infection, the method comprising combining a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a disclosed compound or product of a disclosedmethod with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.

As regards these applications, the present method includes theadministration to an animal, particularly a mammal, and moreparticularly a human, of a therapeutically effective amount of thecompound effective in the inhibition of a viral infection. The doseadministered to an animal, particularly a human, in the context of thepresent invention should be sufficient to affect a therapeutic responsein the animal over a reasonable time frame. One skilled in the art willrecognize that dosage will depend upon a variety of factors includingthe condition of the animal and the body weight of the animal.

The total amount of the compound of the present disclosure administeredin a typical treatment is preferably between about 10 mg/kg and about1000 mg/kg of body weight for mice, and between about 100 mg/kg andabout 500 mg/kg of body weight, and more preferably between 200 mg/kgand about 400 mg/kg of body weight for humans per daily dose. This totalamount is typically, but not necessarily, administered as a series ofsmaller doses over a period of about one time per day to about threetimes per day for about 24 months, and preferably over a period of twiceper day for about 12 months.

The size of the dose also will be determined by the route, timing andfrequency of administration as well as the existence, nature and extentof any adverse side effects that might accompany the administration ofthe compound and the desired physiological effect. It will beappreciated by one of skill in the art that various conditions ordisease states, in particular chronic conditions or disease states, mayrequire prolonged treatment involving multiple administrations.

Thus, in one aspect, the invention relates to the manufacture of amedicament comprising combining a disclosed compound or a product of adisclosed method of making, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,solvate, or polymorph thereof, with a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier or diluent.

6. Kits

In one aspect, disclosed are kits comprising at least one disclosedcompound and one or more of: (a) at least one antiviral agent; (b)instructions for administering the compound in connection with treatinga viral infection; (c) instructions for administering the compound inconnection with reducing the risk of viral infection; and (d)instructions for treating a viral infection.

In one aspect, disclosed are kits comprising a compound having astructure represented by a formula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8cyanoalkoxy, —OCy², —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹,—CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰, when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selected from C2-C5heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; or wherein R^(2a) andR^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediate atoms,comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or aC2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; and wherein each ofR^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a)and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1,2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; whereinCy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl, and adamantyl, and issubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl,and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that when Cy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl, theneither (i) p is 1 and A is O or (ii) n is 1 or 2 and each of R^(3a) andR^(3b) are not hydrogen; provided that when Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then p is 1and either (i) A is O or (ii) each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is hydrogen andat least one of R^(3a) and R^(3b) is not hydrogen; and provided thatwhen Cy¹ is

and p is 0, then n is 0 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, and one or more of: (a) at least one antiviral agent; (b)instructions for administering the compound in connection with treatinga viral infection; (c) instructions for administering the compound inconnection with reducing the risk of viral infection; or (d)instructions for treating a viral infection.

In one aspect, disclosed are kits comprising a compound having astructure represented by a formula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰,—O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹, —CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰,when present, is independently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;wherein each occurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selectedfrom C2-C5 heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2,or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Cy², when present, is independently selected from C3-C6cycloalkyl, C3-C6 heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; orwherein R^(2a) and R^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or a C2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substitutedwith 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4aminoalkyl; and wherein each of R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, are covalentlybonded and, together with the intermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selectedfrom selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino,and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein Cy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6aryl, and adamantyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that whenp is 1, A is S, and Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then Cy¹ is not substituted with ahalogen group, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one ormore of: (a) at least one antiviral agent; (b) instructions foradministering the compound in connection with treating a viralinfection; (c) instructions for administering the compound in connectionwith reducing the risk of viral infection; or (d) instructions fortreating a viral infection.

In a further aspect, the viral infection is selected from CHIKV, VEEV,WEEV, and EEEV. In yet a further aspect, the viral infection is CHIKV orVEEV.

In a still further aspect, the antiviral agent is selected from selectedfrom acemannan, acyclovir, acyclovir sodium, adamantanamine, adefovir,adenine arabinoside, alovudine, alvircept sudotox, amantadinehydrochloride, aranotin, arildone, atevirdine mesylate, avridine,cidofovir, cipamfylline, cytarabine hydrochloride, BMS 806, C31G,carrageenan, cellulose sulfate, cyclodextrins, dapivirine, delavirdinemesylate, desciclovir, dextrin 2-sulfate, didanosine, disoxaril,dolutegravir, edoxudine, enviradene, envirozime, etravirine,famciclovir, famotine hydrochloride, fiacitabine, fialuridine,fosarilate, foscarnet sodium, fosfonet sodium, FTC, ganciclovir,ganciclovir sodium, GSK 1265744, 9-2-hydroxy-ethoxy methylguanine,ibalizumab, idoxuridine, interferon, 5-iodo-2′-deoxyuridine, IQP-0528,kethoxal, lamivudine, lobucavir, maraviroc, memotine pirodavir,penciclovir, raltegravir, ribavirin, rimantadine hydrochloride,rilpivirine (TMC-278), saquinavir mesylate, SCH-C, SCH-D, somantadinehydrochloride, sorivudine, statolon, stavudine, T20, tiloronehydrochloride, TMC120, TMC125, trifluridine, trifluorothymidine,tenofovir, tenofovir alefenamide, tenofovir disoproxyl fumarate,prodrugs of tenofovir, UC-781, UK-427, UK-857, valacyclovir,valacyclovir hydrochloride, vidarabine, vidarabine phosphate, vidarabinesodium phosphate, viroxime, zalcitabene, zidovudine, and zinviroxime.

In a further aspect, the at least one compound and the at least oneagent are co-formulated. In a further aspect, the at least one compoundand the at least one agent are co-packaged.

The kits can also comprise compounds and/or products co-packaged,co-formulated, and/or co-delivered with other components. For example, adrug manufacturer, a drug reseller, a physician, a compounding shop, ora pharmacist can provide a kit comprising a disclosed compound and/orproduct and another component for delivery to a patient.

It is understood that the disclosed kits can be prepared from thedisclosed compounds, products, and pharmaceutical compositions. It isalso understood that the disclosed kits can be employed in connectionwith the disclosed methods of using.

The foregoing description illustrates and describes the disclosure.Additionally, the disclosure shows and describes only the preferredembodiments but, as mentioned above, it is to be understood that it iscapable to use in various other combinations, modifications, andenvironments and is capable of changes or modifications within the scopeof the invention concepts as expressed herein, commensurate with theabove teachings and/or the skill or knowledge of the relevant art. Theembodiments described herein above are further intended to explain bestmodes known by applicant and to enable others skilled in the art toutilize the disclosure in such, or other, embodiments and with thevarious modifications required by the particular applications or usesthereof. Accordingly, the description is not intended to limit theinvention to the form disclosed herein. Also, it is intended to theappended claims be construed to include alternative embodiments.

All publications and patent applications cited in this specification areherein incorporated by reference, and for any and all purposes, as ifeach individual publication or patent application were specifically andindividually indicated to be incorporated by reference. In the event ofan inconsistency between the present disclosure and any publications orpatent application incorporated herein by reference, the presentdisclosure controls.

F. Examples

The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinaryskill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how thecompounds, compositions, articles, devices and/or methods claimed hereinare made and evaluated, and are intended to be purely exemplary of theinvention and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventorsregard as their invention. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracywith respect to numbers (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.), but someerrors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicatedotherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in ° C. or is atambient temperature, and pressure is at or near atmospheric.

The Examples are provided herein to illustrate the invention, and shouldnot be construed as limiting the invention in any way. Examples areprovided herein to illustrate the invention and should not be construedas limiting the invention in any way.

1. Chemistry Experimentals

a. General Experimental Methods

The reactions were performed under a dry argon atmosphere and reactiontemperatures were measured externally. Anhydrous solvents were purchasedfrom Aldrich and used as such in reactions. Microwave (MW) reactionswere performed in Biotage Initiator+. The reactions were monitored bythin-layer chromatography (TLC) on pre-coated silica gel (60F₂₅₄) glassplates and visualized using UV light (254 nm). Purification of compoundswas performed on a Teledyne Isco Combiflash Rf 200 with UV detector.Universal RediSep solid sample loading pre-packed cartridges (12 or 25 gSilica) were used to absorb crude product and purified on 24 or 40 gsilica RediSep Rf Gold Silica columns using appropriate solventgradients. Pure samples were dried under high vacuum at 25-60° C. beforeanalyses. The HR-mass spectral data were obtained on an Agilent LC-MSTOFby electrospray ionization (ESI). ¹H NMR spectra were recorded at 400MHz on Agilent/Varian MR-400 spectrometer in CDCl₃, CD₃OD or DMSO-d₆ assolvents. The chemical shifts (6) are in ppm downfield from standardtetramethylsilane (TMS) and coupling constants (J) are reported in Hertz(Hz). Purity of final compounds was checked by HPLC using Waters HPLCequipped with a 3100 Mass Detector using Sunfire C18 column (5 μm,4.6×150 mm) and Acetonitrile-H₂O (both containing 0.1% formic acid)10-90% as solvent in 22 min.

b. Synthetic Procedure I

Corresponding chloroacetamide (1 mmol) was added to a solution ofcorresponding sulfanyl-pyrimidine-2-one (1 mmol) and sodium acetate (3mmol) in anhydrous EtOH (9 mL). The reaction mixture was then stirred at78° C. for 18 hrs. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent wasevaporated, residue treated with H₂O (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc(3×20 mL). The organic layer was collected, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give aresidue, which was purified on pre-packed Silica gel column to yield theproduct.

i. N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)thio)acetamide(3)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 75 mg (53%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.50 (d, J=6.7 Hz,1H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 6.35 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.08-2.01 (m,3H), 1.99-1.95 (m, 6H), 1.66-1.64 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 320.1433 [M+H]⁺calcd. for C₁₆H22N₃O₂S, found 320.1426. HPLC purity: 98% (RetentionTime=10.8 min).

ii.N-(adamantan-2-yl)-2-((2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)thio)acetamide(4)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 30 mg (43%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.48 (d, J=6.8 Hz,1H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 6.34 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 2.18-1.81 (m,9H), 1.78-1.54 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 320.1433 [M+H]⁺ calcd. forC₁₆H₂₂N₃O₂S, found 320.1429. HPLC purity: 97% (Retention Time=5.7 min).

iii.4-((2-((adamantan-1-yl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)thio)-6-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylicAcid (38)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 23 mg (28%). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ 11.95 (s, 1H),7.63 (s, 1H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.99-1.96 (m, 3H), 1.92-1.84(m, 6H), 1.63-1.55 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 378.1 [M+H]⁺. HPLC purity: 96%(Retention Time=9.7 min).

iv. butyl6-((2-((-adamantan-1-yl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)thio)-2-oxo-2,3-dihydropyrimidine-4-carboxylate(39)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 45 mg (49%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 6.81 (s, 1H), 4.45(q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.09-2.01 (m, 3H), 1.98-1.94 (m, 9H),1.69-1.61 (m, 6H), 1.60-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.41 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). HPLCpurity: 100% (Retention Time=12.3 min).

v.N-((adamantan-1-yl)methyl)-2-((2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)thio)acetamide(41)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 77 mg (56%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 12.23 (s, 1H), 7.48(d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.36 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 2H),2.93 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 1.92-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.62(m, 3H), 1.57-1.53 (m, 3H), 1.45-1.43 (m, 5H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 334.15837[M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₇H₂₄N₃O₂S, found 334.15825. HPLC purity: 100%(Retention Time=10.1 min).

c. Synthetic Procedure II

Synthesis of6-((2-((adamantan-1-yl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)thio)-2-oxo-2,3-dihydropyrimidine-4-carboxylicacid (40): Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.008 g, 0.19 mmol) was addedto a solution of butyl6-((2-(((3s,5s,7s)-adamantan-1-yl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)thio)-2-oxo-2,3-dihydropyrimidine-4-carboxylate(39) (0.04 g, 0.10 mmol) in THF (1 mL) and H₂O (1 mL). The reactionmixture was then stirred at rt for 24 hrs. The solution was concentratedto dryness under reduced pressure, and the residue was neutralized withHCl (1N). A precipitate formed immediately. The solid was collected byfiltration, and washed with H₂O to yield the product. Yield: 12 mg(35%). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆) δ 7.73 (s, 1H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 3.78 (s, 2H),2.01-1.93 (m, 3H), 1.92-1.84 (m, 6H), 1.59-1.57 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z364.13255 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₇H₂₂N₃O₄S, found 364.13222. HPLC purity:95% (Retention Time=9.7 min).

d. Synthetic Procedure III

HBTU (1.5 mmol), HOBt (0.2 mmol) and DIPEA (3 mmol) were added to asolution of corresponding carboxylic acid (1 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (16mL). After stirring for 10 min at room temperature, corresponding amine(1 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 70° C. for18 hrs. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture wastreated with H₂O (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×50 mL). The organiclayer was collected, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andevaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a residue, whichwas purified on pre-packed Silica gel column to yield the product.

i.N-(2-(adamantan-1-yl)ethyl)-6-isobutyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidine-4-carboxamide(5)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 70 mg (42%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.88 (t, J=5.9 Hz,1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 3.48-3.34 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.61 (d, J=7.3Hz, 2H), 2.20-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.70 (m, 2H),1.66-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.53 (m,3H), 1.39-1.36 (m, 2H), 1.00 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 358.2494[M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₂₁H₃₂N₃O₂, found 358.2483. HPLC purity: 96%(Retention Time=15.1 min).

ii. N-(4-(tert.-butyl)phenyl)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidine-4-carboxamide(30)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 10 mg (21%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 9.72 (s, 1H), 8.04(d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47-7.35 (m, 3H), 1.32 (s,9H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 272.1399 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₅H₁₈N₃O₂, found272.1393. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=15.5 min).

iii.N-(4-(tert.-butyl)phenyl)-6-isobutyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidine-4-carboxamide(31)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 65 mg (43%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 9.75 (s, 1H), 7.68(d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 2.69 (d, J=7.3Hz, 2H), 2.27-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.33 (s, 9H), 1.05 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 6H).HR-ESIMS: m/z 328.2025 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₉H₂₆N₃O₂, found 328.2024.HPLC purity: 98% (Retention Time=14 min).

iv. N-((adamantan-1-yl)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidine-4-carboxamide (42)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 77 mg (56%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 12.23 (s, 1H), 7.48(d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.36 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 2H),2.93 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 1.92-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.62(m, 3H), 1.57-1.53 (m, 3H), 1.45-1.43 (m, 5H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 334.15837[M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₇H₂₄N₃O₂S, found 334.15825. HPLC purity: 100%(Retention Time=10.1 min).

v.N-(adamantan-1-yl)-6-isobutyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidine-4-carboxamide(43)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 32 mg (21%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.12(s, 1H), 2.62 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.22-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.02 (m, 9H),1.78-1.64 (m, 6H), 1.01 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 330.21760[M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₉H₂₈N₃O₂, found 330.21747. HPLC purity: 95%(Retention Time=13.8 min).

e. Synthetic Procedure IV

i. Step-1.

Synthesis of tert.-butyl (2-(adamantan-1-yl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)carbamate:1-Adamantylamine (2.07 g, 13.70 mmol) was added to a solution ofBoc-Gly-OH (2.00 g, 11.42 mmol), EDC hydrochloride (2.63 g, 13.70 mmol)and DMAP (0.35 g, 2.85 mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 mL) and DCM (25 mL).The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 48 hrs.The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous solution ofNH₄Cl (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×100 mL). The organic layer wascollected, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated todryness under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was used for thenext step without further purification.

ii. Step-2.

Synthesis of N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-aminoacetamide: tert.-Butyl(2-(adamantan-1-yl)amino)-2-oxoethyl)carbamate (2.87 g, 9.31 mmol) fromStep-1 was dissolved in TFA/H₂O mixture (22 mL, 1:1). The reactionmixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs. The reactionmixture was neutralized with 1N NaOH solution and extracted with EtOAc(3×50 mL). The organic layer was collected, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to yield theproduct and used in next step. Yield: 1.23 g (63%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ3.22 (s, 2H), 2.09-2.06 (m, 3H), 2.03-2.01 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.67 (m, 6H).ESIMS: m/z 209 [M+H]⁺.

iii. Step-3.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)amino)acetamide: DIPEA(0.36 mL, 2.08 mmol) was added to a solution of4-chloro-2-methoxy-pyrimidine (0.10 g, 0.69 mmol) andN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-aminoacetamide (0.17 g, 0.83 mmol) from Step-2 inanhydrous EtOH (3 mL). The reaction mixture was irradiated in microwavereactor at 120° C. for 2 hrs. After cooling to room temperature, thesolvent was evaporated to give a residue, which was purified onpre-packed Silica gel column using 0-10% MeOH in DCM (20 min). Yield:144 mg (66%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.98 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 6.07 (d, J=5.7Hz, 1H), 5.80-5.55 (m, 2H), 3.98-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s,3H), 2.02-1.87 (m, 6H), 1.72-1.63 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 317.2 [M+H]⁺.

iv. Step-4.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)amino)acetamide(6): HBr (1 mL, 20% solution in EtOH) was added to a solution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-methoxypyrimidin-4-yl)amino)acetamide (0.054 g,0.17 mmol) from Step-3 in glacial acetic acid (1 mL). The reactionmixture was then stirred at 100° C. for 18 hrs. After cooling to roomtemperature, the reaction mixture was treated with ice cold H₂O (5 mL),neutralized to pH˜6 with 1N NaOH and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). Theorganic layer was collected, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered andevaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a residue, whichwas purified on pre-packed Silica gel column using 0-10% MeOH in DCM (20min). Yield: 11 mg (21%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.35 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 5.88(d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 2.15-1.94 (m, 9H), 1.82-1.58 (m, 6H).HR-ESIMS: m/z 303.1821 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₆H₂₃N₄O₂, found 303.1814.HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=6.9 min).

f. Synthetic Procedure V

i. Step-1.

General Procedure: HBTU (1.1 mmol) and DIPEA (2 mmol) were added to asolution of corresponding amine (1 mmol) and 2-hydroxyacetic acid (1mmol) in anhydrous DMF (6 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixturewas then stirred at 70° C. for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture was treatedwith saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×10mL). The organic layer was collected, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give aresidue, which was used for the next step without further purification.

ii. Step-2.

General Procedure: Sodium hydride (1.5 mmol) was added to a solution ofthe product from Step-1 (1 mmol) in anhydrous THF (6 mL) at 0° C. Afterstirring for 30 min at room temperature, corresponding sulfanylpyrimidine (1 mmol) and DIPEA (0.06 mmol) were added. The reactionmixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs. The reactionmixture was treated with saturated aqueous NH₄Cl (5 mL) and extractedwith EtOAc (3×5 mL). The organic layer was collected, dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reducedpressure to give a residue, which was purified on pre-packed Silica gelcolumn to yield the product.

(i) N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 347 mg (40%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.30 (d,J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 5.86 (s, 1H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 2.54(s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.07-1.99 (m, 6H), 1.76-1.62 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z334.2 [M+H]⁺.

(ii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-isobutyl-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 41 mg (23%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.28 (s, 1H),5.89 (s, 1H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.49 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),2.16-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.07 (m, 3H), 2.04-2.00 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.66 (m,6H), 0.95-0.91 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 390.2 [M+H]⁺.

(iii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-cyclopropyl-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 68 mg (38%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.30 (s, 1H),5.89 (s, 1H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.04-1.99 (m,6H), 1.89 (tt, J=8.5, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 1.73-1.65 (m, 6H), 1.16-1.10 (m, 2H),1.05-0.98 (m, 2H). ESIMS: m/z 374.1 [M+H]⁺.

(iv)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-cyclobutyl-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 25 mg (24%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.35 (s, 1H),5.85 (s, 1H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 3.64-3.53 (m, 1H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.23(m, 4H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 11H), 1.70-1.68 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 388.1 [M+H]⁺.

(v)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-cyclopentyl-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 14 mg (24%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.32 (s, 1H),5.91 (s, 1H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 3.01 (p, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.08(s, 3H), 2.04-1.99 (m, 8H), 1.82-1.72 (m, 5H), 1.70-1.67 (m, 7H). ESIMS:m/z 402.2 [M+H]⁺.

(vi)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 185 mg (61%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.34 (s, 1H),5.85 (s, 1H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 3.28 (tt, J=8.5, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.04-2.82 (m,4H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.07-1.94 (m, 6H), 1.75-1.63 (m, 6H).ESIMS: m/z 424.2 [M+H]⁺.

(vii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-(methylthio)-6-phenylpyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 42 mg (24%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.09-8.02 (m,2H), 7.52-7.47 (m, 3H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.09(s, 3H), 2.05-2.03 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.68 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 410.1 [M+H]⁺.

(viii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-(methylthio)-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 34 mg (39%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.80 (s, 1H),5.79 (s, 1H), 4.78 (s, 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.03-2.02 (m,6H), 1.70-1.68 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 402.1 [M+H]⁺.

(ix)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(4-cyanophenyl)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 47 mg (28%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.15 (d, J=8.1Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 5.88 (s, 1H), 4.80 (s,2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.04-2.02 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.68 (m, 6H).ESIMS: m/z 435.1 [M+H]⁺.

(x)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 61 mg (35%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.52 (s, 1H),5.79 (s, 1H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.04-1.98 (m,6H), 1.72-1.65 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 368.1 [M+H]⁺.

(xi)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-(methylthio)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 98 mg (26%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.83 (s, 1H),4.77 (s, 2H), 2.99 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.84 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.55 (s,3H), 2.21-2.13 (m, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.02-2.00 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.68 (m,6H). ESIMS: m/z 374.2 [M+H]⁺.

(xii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-(methylthio)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 144 mg (40%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.90 (s, 1H),4.73 (s, 2H), 2.75 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.55 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.51 (s,3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.03-1.98 (m, 6H), 1.86-1.77 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.65 (m,6H). ESIMS: m/z 388.2 [M+H]⁺.

(xiii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-(methylthio)-7,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 97 mg (36%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.70 (s, 1H),4.75 (s, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 4.01 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (t, J=5.4 Hz,2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.04-1.97 (m, 6H), 1.72-1.67 (m, 6H).ESIMS: m/z 390.2 [M+H]⁺.

(xiv) N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-(methylthio)quinazolin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 90 mg (49%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.04 (d, J=7.9Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.43 (m, 1H), 5.94 (s, 1H), 4.95 (s,2H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.05-2.01 (m, 6H), 1.72-1.66 (m, 6H).ESIMS: m/z 384.1 [M+H]⁺.

(xv)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-methyl-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 134 mg (45%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.14 (s, 1H),5.87 (s, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H),2.02-2.00 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.68 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 348.1 [M+H]⁺.

(xvi)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 155 mg (39%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.23 (d,J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (s, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H),2.06-1.98 (m, 6H), 1.75-1.65 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 352.1 [M+H]⁺.

(xvii)N-(adamantan-2-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 80 mg (48%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.25 (d, J=2.5Hz, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 1.97-1.92 (m, 2H),1.90-1.83 (m, 6H), 1.79-1.62 (m, 7H). ESIMS: m/z 352.1 [M+H]⁺.

(xviii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 150 mg (43%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.32 (s, 1H),6.09 (s, 1H), 4.78 (s, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.07-1.96 (m,6H), 1.76-1.62 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 368.1 [M+H]⁺.

(xix)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5,6-dimethyl-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 200 mg (52%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.87 (s, 1H),4.73 (s, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H),2.06-1.95 (m, 6H), 1.73-1.63 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 362.2 [M+H]⁺.

(xx) ETHYL4-((adamantan-1-yl)carbamoyl)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 74 mg (42%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.85 (s, 1H),4.81 (s, 2H), 4.38 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.16-2.02 (m, 9H),1.77-1.65 (m, 6H), 1.39 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). ESIMS: m/z 406.1 [M+H]⁺.

iii. Step-3.

General Procedure: mCPBA (2.2 mmol) was added to a solution of theproduct from Step-2 (1 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (20 mL) at 0° C. Thereaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. Thereaction mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with 5% aqueousNa₂S₂O₃ solution (3×20 mL) and 5% aqueous Na₂CO₃ solution (3×20 mL). Thereaction mixture then washed repeatedly with H₂O until the aqueouswashings had reached to pH˜7. The undissolved solids were filtered off.The filtrate was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to drynessunder reduced pressure to give a residue, which was used for the nextstep without further purification.

iv. Step-4.

General Procedure: To a solution of the product from Step-3 (1 mmol) inanhydrous 1,4-dioxane (20 mL), 2N aqueous solution of Sodium hydroxide(2 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 18 hr. The solvent was removed and the residue wasdissolved in acetonitrile (10 mL), H₂O (10 mL) and 1N HCl (2 mL) andstirred for 10 min. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). Theorganic layer was collected, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporatedto dryness under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purifiedon pre-packed Silica gel to yield the product.

(i) N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(7)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 1322 mg (50%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.61 (d, J=7.0 Hz,1H), 6.05 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 5.84 (s, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H),2.04-2.02 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.68 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 304.1661 [M+H]⁺calcd. for C₁₆H₂₂N₃O₃, found 304.1661. HPLC purity: 100% (RetentionTime=9.9 min).

(ii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-isobutyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(10)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 15 mg (40%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 12.34 (s, 1H), 5.89(s, 1H), 5.83 (s, 1H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 2.46 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.14-2.06(m, 4H), 2.06-2.00 (m, 6H), 1.73-1.62 (m, 6H), 0.99 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 6H).HR-ESIMS: m/z 360.2287 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₂₀H₃₀N₃O₃, found 360.2277.HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=12.7 min).

(iii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-cyclopropyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(11)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 25 mg (49%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 5.85 (s, 1H), 5.52(s, 1H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.04-1.99 (m, 6H), 1.95 (tt, J=8.3,5.0 Hz, 1H), 1.73-1.60 (m, 6H), 1.19 (ddd, J=8.4, 7.2, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 1.00(dt, J=7.3, 4.9 Hz, 2H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 344.1974 [M+H]⁺ calcd. forC₁₉H₂₆N₃O₃, found 344.1971. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=11.3 min).

(iv)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-cyclobutyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(12)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 16 mg (70%). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ 5.85 (s, 1H), 5.73(s, 1H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 3.66-3.65 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.08(m, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.91-1.90 (m, 8H), 1.60-1.59 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS:m/z 358.2131 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₂₀H₂₈N₃O₃, found 358.2131. HPLC purity:100% (Retention Time=11.9 min).

(v)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-cyclopentyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(13)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 6 mg (47%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 12.17 (s, 1H), 5.87(s, 1H), 5.85 (s, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 3.00 (p, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.20-2.07(m, 6H), 2.07-2.01 (m, 6H), 1.82-1.73 (m, 3H), 1.70-1.67 (m, 6H),1.67-1.60 (m, 2H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 372.2287 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₂₁H₃₀N₃O₃,found 372.2288. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=13.1 min).

(vi)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)-2-OXO-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(14)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 58 mg (58%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 12.59 (s, 1H), 5.95(s, 1H), 5.79 (s, 1H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 3.42-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.03 (m,2H), 2.81-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.05-1.98 (m, 6H), 1.71-1.63 (m,6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 394.1942 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₂₀H₂₆F₂N₃O₃, found394.1937. HPLC purity: 97% (Retention Time=12.5 min).

(vii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-oxo-6-phenyl-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(15)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 7 mg (41%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.80-7.75 (m, 2H),7.60-7.55 (m, 3H), 6.26 (s, 1H), 5.89 (s, 1H), 4.81 (s, 2H), 2.09 (s,3H), 2.06-2.03 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.67 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 380.1974 [M+H]⁺calcd. for C₂₂H₂₆N₃O₃, found 380.1976. HPLC purity: 100% (RetentionTime=13.0 min).

(viii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(16)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 25 mg (81%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 6.42 (s, 1H), 5.70(s, 1H), 4.81 (s, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.05-2.00 (m, 6H), 1.71-1.67 (m,6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 372.1535 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₇H₂₁F₃N₃O₃, found372.1534. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=12.5 min).

(ix)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(4-cyanophenyl)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(17)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 16 mg (37%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.91-7.85 (m, 4H),6.31 (s, 1H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.05-2.03 (m,6H), 1.70-1.68 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 405.1927 [M+H]⁺ calcd. forC₂₃H₂₅N₄O₃, found 405.1922. HPLC purity: 95% (Retention Time=12.7 min).

(x)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-chloro-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(18)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 35 mg (63%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.64 (s, 1H), 4.78(s, 2H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.07-1.97 (m, 6H), 1.74-1.66 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS:m/z 338.1271 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₆H₂₁ClN₃O₃, found 338.1261. HPLCpurity: 100% (Retention Time=11.2 min).

(xi)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-oxo-2,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-cyclopenta[d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(21)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 27 mg (30%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 5.87 (s, 1H), 4.79(s, 2H), 2.92 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 2.75 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (p, J=7.6Hz, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.04-2.01 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.67 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS:m/z 344.1974 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₉H₂₆N₃O₃, found 344.1973. HPLC purity:100% (Retention Time=11.4 min).

(xii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-oxo-1,2,5,6,7,8-hexahydroquinazolin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(22)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 66 mg (52%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 5.89 (s, 1H), 4.76(s, 2H), 2.69-2.61 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.06-1.99(m, 6H), 1.84-1.76 (m, 4H), 1.70-1.67 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 358.2131[M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₂₀H₂₈N₃O₃, found 358.2124. HPLC purity: 100%(Retention Time=12.3 min).

(xiii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-oxo-1,5,7,8-tetrahydro-2H-pyrano[4,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(23)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 45 mg (54%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 5.70 (s, 1H), 4.78(s, 2H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 3.96 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H),2.09 (s, 3H), 2.05-1.97 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.67 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z360.1923 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₉H₂₆N₃O₄, found 360.1919. HPLC purity: 100%(Retention Time=10.4 min).

(xiv)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-oxo-1,2-dihydroquinazolin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(24)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 8 mg (24%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 11.82 (s, 1H), 7.93(d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (ddd, J=8.5, 7.2, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=8.3Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (s, 1H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 2.10 (s,3H), 2.09-2.02 (m, 6H), 1.74-1.65 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 354.1818 [M+H]⁺calcd. for C₂₀H₂₄N₃O₃, found 354.1814. HPLC purity: 96% (RetentionTime=3.2 min).

(xv)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(25)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 37 mg (30%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.39 (s, 1H), 5.88(s, 1H), 4.78 (s, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.05-2.01 (m, 9H), 1.70-1.68 (m,6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 318.1818 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₇H₂₄N₃O₃, found318.1818. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=10.5 min).

(xvi)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(26)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 36 mg (27%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.56 (d, J=4.2 Hz,1H), 5.89 (s, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.07-1.98 (m, 6H),1.73-1.64 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 322.1567 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₆H₂₁FN₃O₃,found 322.1560. HPLC purity: 95% (Retention Time=10.2 min).

(xvii)N-(adamantan-2-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(27)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 20 mg (27%). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ 8.01 (d, J=5.6 Hz,1H), 7.96 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 1.99-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.61(m, 11H), 1.53-1.44 (m, 2H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 322.1567 [M+H]⁺ calcd. forC₁₆H₂₁FN₃O₃, found 322.1558. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=10.2min).

(xviii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-chloro-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(28)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 40 mg (30%). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ 7.45 (s, 1H), 4.64(s, 2H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 1.95-1.81 (m, 6H), 1.67-1.50 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS:m/z 338.1271 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₆H₂₁ClN₃O₃, found 338.1268. HPLCpurity: 100% (Retention Time=11.1 min).

(xix)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(29)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 71 mg (40%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 12.81 (s, 1H), 5.89(s, 1H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.05-2.00 (m, 6H),1.99 (s, 3H), 1.71-1.66 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 332.1974 [M+H]⁺ calcd.for C₁₈H₂₆N₃O₃, found 332.1971. HPLC purity: 96% (Retention Time=11.0min).

(xx) ETHYL4-((adamantan-1-yl)carbamoyl)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate(44)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 12 mg (56%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 12.43 (s, 1H), 8.44(s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.34 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.13-2.07(m, 8H), 1.75-1.65 (m, 7H), 1.36 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). HR-ESIMS: m/z376.18670 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₉H₂₆N₃O₅, found 376.18643. HPLC purity:100% (Retention Time=12.4 min).

g. Synthetic Procedure VI

i. Step-1.

General Procedure: HBTU (1.1 mmol) and DIPEA (2 mmol) were added to asolution of corresponding amine (1 mmol) and 2-hydroxyacetic acid (1mmol) in anhydrous DMF (6 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixturewas then stirred at 70° C. for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture was treatedwith saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×10mL). The combined organic layer was collected, dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure togive a residue, which was used for the next step without furtherpurification.

ii. Step-2.

General Procedure: Sodium hydride (1.5 mmol) was added to a solution ofthe product from Step-1 (1 mmol) in anhydrous THF (6 mL) at 0° C. Afterstirring for 30 min at room temperature, corresponding pyrimidine (1mmol) and DIPEA (0.06 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was thenstirred at room temperature for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture was treatedwith saturated aqueous NH₄Cl (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL).The organic layer was collected, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filteredand evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a residue,which was purified on pre-packed Silica gel to yield the product.

(i) N-(adamantan-2-yl)-2-((2-(allyloxy)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 60 mg (37%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.31 (d, J=5.6Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 6.51 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 6.11-6.01 (m, 1H),5.45-5.37 (m, 1H), 5.31-5.23 (m, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.87-4.84 (m, 2H),1.96-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.82 (m, 6H), 1.75-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.65 (m,3H), 1.57-1.54 (m, 2H). ESIMS: m/z 344.2 [M+H]⁺.

(ii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-(allyloxy)-6-methylpyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 17 mg (10%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.31 (s, 1H),6.05 (ddt, J=17.2, 10.5, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 5.88 (s, 1H), 5.41 (dq, J=17.3,1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (dq, J=10.5, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (dt, J=5.6, 1.4 Hz,2H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.05-1.99 (m, 6H),1.70-1.66 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 358.2 [M+H]⁺.

iii. Step-3.

General Procedure: Sodium borohydride (4 mmol) was added to a solutionof the product from Step-2 (1 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.05 mmol) in anhydrous THF (24 mL) at 0° C. The reactionmixture was then stirred at 45° C. for 1 hr. After cooling to roomtemperature, the reaction mixture was acidified to pH-5 with 1N HCl. H₂O(20 mL) was added to the mixture and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). Theorganic layer was collected, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporatedto dryness under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purifiedon pre-packed Silica gel to yield the product.

(i) N-(adamantan-2-yl)-2-((2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(8)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 19 mg (36%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 11.87 (s, 1H), 7.63(d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.08 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.90(s, 2H), 1.98-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.84 (m, 4H), 1.77-1.63 (m, 6H),1.61-1.55 (m, 3H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 304.1661 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₆H₂₂N₃O₃,found 304.1661. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=9.4 min).

(ii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-methyl-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(9)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 6 mg (40%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 12.78 (s, 1H), 5.86(s, 1H), 5.83 (s, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H),2.06-1.94 (m, 6H), 1.77-1.64 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 318.1818 [M+H]⁺calcd. for C₁₇H₂₄N₃O₃, found 318.1814. HPLC purity: 100% (RetentionTime=10.2 min).

h. Synthetic Procedure VII

i. Step-1.

General Procedure: Corresponding amine (1.1 mmol) was added to asolution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(1 mmol) and DIPEA (2.2 mmol) in anhydrous THF (7 mL) at roomtemperature. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 60° C. for 18 hrs.The reaction mixture was treated with H₂O (15 mL) and extracted withEtOAc (3×15 mL). The organic layer was collected, dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure togive a residue, which was purified on pre-packed Silica gel to yield theproduct.

(i)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-(methylthio)-6-morpholinopyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 57 mg (33%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.93 (s, 1H),5.57 (s, 1H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 3.77-3.74 (m, 4H), 3.57 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H),2.48 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.02-2.00 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.67 (m, 6H). ESIMS:m/z 419.2 [M+H]⁺.

(ii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(3,3-difluoroazetidin-1-yl)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 51 mg (44%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.88 (s, 1H),5.39 (s, 1H), 4.68 (s, 2H), 4.38 (t, J=11.9 Hz, 4H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.08(s, 3H), 2.06-1.92 (m, 6H), 1.73-1.63 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 425.2 [M+H]⁺.

ii. Step-2.

General Procedure: mCPBA (2.2 mmol) was added to a solution of theproduct from Step-1 (1 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (20 mL) at 0° C. Thereaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. Thereaction mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with 5% aqueousNa₂S₂O₃ solution (3×20 mL) and 5% aqueous Na₂CO₃ solution (3×20 mL). Thereaction mixture then washed repeatedly with H₂O until the aqueouswashings had reached to pH˜7. The undissolved solids were filtered off.The filtrate was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to drynessunder reduced pressure to give a residue, which was used for the nextstep without further purification.

iii. Step-3.

General Procedure: To a solution of the product from Step-2 (1 mmol) inanhydrous 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) was added 2N aqueous sodium hydroxidesolution (2 mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred at roomtemperature for 18 hr. The solvent was removed and the residue wasdissolved in acetonitrile (10 mL), H₂O (10 mL) and 1N HCl (2 mL) andstirred for 10 min. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). Theorganic layer was collected, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporatedto dryness under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purifiedon pre-packed Silica gel to yield the product.

(i)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-morpholino-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(19)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 42 mg (80%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 11.86 (s, 1H), 5.98(s, 1H), 5.17 (s, 1H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 3.80 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 4H), 3.62-3.46(m, 4H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.06-1.98 (m, 6H), 1.72-1.62 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS:m/z 389.2189 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₂₀H₂₉N₄O₄, found 389.2189. HPLC purity:100% (Retention Time=9.2 min).

(ii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(3,3-difluoroazetidin-1-yl)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(20)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 20 mg (43%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 5.92 (s, 1H), 4.93(s, 1H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 4.54 (t, J=11.5 Hz, 4H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.06-1.97(m, 6H), 1.71-1.65 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 395.1895 [M+H]⁺ calcd. forC₁₉H₂₅F₂N₄O₃, found 395.1894. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=10.1min).

i. Synthetic Protocol VIII

i. Step-1.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-((tert.-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide:Sodium hydride (0.14 g, 3.57 mmol) was added to a solution of2-((tert.-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethan-1-ol (0.32 g, 1.07 mmol) inanhydrous THF (7 mL) at 0° C. After stirring for 30 min at roomtemperature,N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(0.39 g, 1.07 mmol) and DIPEA (0.025 mL, 0.14 mmol) were added. Thereaction mixture was then stirred at 40° C. for 18 hrs. The reactionmixture was treated with saturated aqueous NH₄Cl (10 mL) and extractedwith EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layer was collected, dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reducedpressure to give a residue, which was purified on pre-packed Silica gelon ISCO column using 0-70% EtOAc in Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 213 mg(31%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.69-7.64 (m, 4H), 7.44-7.35 (m, 6H), 5.92 (s,1H), 5.77 (s, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.51-4.43 (m, 2H), 3.99-3.92 (m, 2H),2.48 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.03-2.01 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.67 (m, 6H), 1.04(s, 9H). ESIMS: m/z 632.3 [M+H]⁺.

ii. Step-2.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-((tert.-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide:mCPBA (0.16 ng, 0.71 mmol) was added to a solution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-((tert.-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(0.21 g, 0.34 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (9 mL) at 0° C. The reactionmixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. The reactionmixture was diluted with DCM (9 mL), washed with 5% aqueous Na₂S₂O₃solution (3×9 mL) and 5% aqueous Na₂CO₃ (3×9 mL) solution. The reactionmixture then washed repeatedly with H₂O until the aqueous washings hadreached to pH˜7. The undissolved solids were filtered off. The filtratewas dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reducedpressure to give a residue, which was used for the next step withoutfurther purification.

iii. Step-3.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-((tert.-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide:To a solution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-((tert.-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(0.22 g, 0.34 mmol) from Step-2 in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (9 mL) wasadded 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.34 mL, 0.67 mmol). The reactionmixture was then stirred at 60° C. for 18 hr. The solvent was removedand the residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL), H₂O (5 mL) and 1NHCl (0.9 mL) and stirred for 10 min. The mixture was extracted withEtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layer was collected, dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give aresidue, which was used for the next step without further purification.

iv. Step-4.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(32): TBAF (1M solution in THF) (0.23 mL, 0.23 mmol) was added to asolution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(0.07 g, 0.12 mmol) from Step-3 in anhydrous THF (4 mL) at 0° C. Thereaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs. Thereaction mixture was concentrated and purified on pre-packed Silica gelusing 0-10% MeOH in DCM (20 min). Yield: 20 mg (47%). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆):δ 7.35 (s, 1H), 5.73 (s, 1H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 4.26-4.08 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.59(m, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.94-1.82 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.48 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS:m/z 364.1872 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₈H₂₆N₃O₅, found 364.1873. HPLC purity:96% (Retention Time=9.1 min).

j. Synthetic Protocol IX

i. Step-1.

General Procedure: Corresponding amine (1 mmol) was added to a solutionof 4,6-dichloro-5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (1 mmol) and DIPEA(1.1 mmol) in anhydrous THF (4 mL) at rt. A precipitate is formedimmediately. The reaction mixture was treated with H₂O, filtered and thesolid was washed with H₂O, followed by drying under vacuum to yield theproduct.

(i) 4-(6-chloro-5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)morpholine

Yield: 188 mg (76%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 3.85-3.74 (m, 8H), 2.48 (s, 3H).ESIMS: m/z 264.0 [M+H]⁺.

(ii)8-(6-chloro-5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane

Yield: 244 mg (90%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 4.78-4.62 (m, 2H), 3.79 (d, J=11.1Hz, 2H), 3.64 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.17-2.08 (m, 2H),2.07-1.98 (m, 2H). ESIMS: m/z 290.1 [M+H]⁺.

(iii)4-chloro-6-(3,3-difluoroazetidin-1-yl)-5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine

Yield: 209 mg (83%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 4.59 (td, J=11.9, 1.9 Hz, 4H),2.48 (s, 3H). ESIMS: m/z 270.0 [M+H]⁺.

ii. Step-2.

General Procedure: To a solution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-hydroxyacetamide (1 mmol) from Step-1 in anhydrousTHF (6 mL) was added sodium hydride (1.5 mmol) at 0° C. After stirringfor 30 min at room temperature, the product DIPEA (0.06 mmol) was added.The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs.The reaction mixture was treated with saturated NH₄Cl solution (5 mL)and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The organic layer was collected,dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness underreduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified on pre-packedSilica gel to yield the product.

(i)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)-6-morpholinopyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 90 mg (29%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.01 (s, 1H),4.71 (s, 2H), 3.76 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 8H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H),2.04-1.95 (m, 6H), 1.74-1.61 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 437.2 [M+H]⁺.

(ii)2-((6-(3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-8-yl)-5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(adamantan-1-yl)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 111 mg (28%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.03 (s, 1H),4.71 (s, 2H), 4.68-4.58 (m, 2H), 3.80 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 2H), 3.61 (d,J=11.7 Hz, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.14-2.06 (m, 5H), 2.06-1.97 (m, 8H),1.73-1.65 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 463.2 [M+H]⁺.

(iii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(3,3-difluoroazetidin-1-yl)-5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 162 mg (47%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.95 (s, 1H),4.71 (s, 2H), 4.54 (td, J=12.1, 1.9 Hz, 4H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H),2.04-1.99 (m, 6H), 1.73-1.66 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 443.1 [M+H]⁺.

iii. Step-3.

General Procedure: mCPBA (2.2 mmol) was added to a solution of theproduct from Step-2 (1 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (20 mL) at 0° C. Thereaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. Thereaction mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with 5% aqueousNa₂S₂O₃ solution (3×20 mL) and 5% aqueous Na₂CO₃ solution (3×20 mL). Thereaction mixture then washed repeatedly with H₂O until the aqueouswashings had reached to pH˜7. The undissolved solids were filtered off.The filtrate was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to drynessunder reduced pressure to give a residue, which was used for the nextstep without further purification.

iv. Step-4.

General Procedure: To a solution of the product from Step-3 (1 mmol) inanhydrous 1,4-dioxane (20 mL), 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide (2 mmol) wasadded. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18hr. The solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved inacetonitrile (10 mL), H₂O (10 mL) and HCl (1N, 2 mL) and stirred for 10min. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layerwas collected, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to drynessunder reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified onpre-packed Silica gel to yield the product.

(i)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-6-morpholino-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(33)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 39 mg (47%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 4.68 (s, 2H),3.76-3.72 (m, 4H), 3.68-3.59 (m, 4H), 2.07-2.02 (m, 9H), 1.74-1.70 (m,6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 407.2095 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₂₀H₂₈FN₄O₄, found407.2089. HPLC purity: 95% (Retention Time=13.3 min).

(ii)2-((6-(3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-8-yl)-5-fluoro-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)-N-(adamantan-1-yl)acetamide(34)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 43 mg (45%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 4.69 (s, 2H),4.58-4.54 (m, 2H), 3.79 (d, J=11.1 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (d, J=11.1 Hz, 2H),2.09-2.02 (m, 13H), 1.74-1.70 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 433.2251 [M+H]⁺calcd. for C₂₂H₃₀FN₄O₄, found 433.2249. HPLC purity: 100% (RetentionTime=12.9 min).

(iii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(3,3-difluoroazetidin-1-yl)-5-fluoro-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(35)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 26 mg (37%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.54(td, J=12.2, 2.0 Hz, 4H), 2.10-1.98 (m, 9H), 1.75-1.67 (m, 6H).HR-ESIMS: m/z 413.1801 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₉H₂₄F₃N₄O₃, found 413.1801.HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=13.7 min).

k. Synthetic Procedure X

i. Step-1.

Synthesis of 4-chloro-6-methoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine: Sodiummethoxide (25% solution in MeOH) (1.29 mL, 5.64 mmol) was added to asolution of 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (1.00 g, 5.13 mmol) inanhydrous MeOH (18 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 18 hrs. The solvent was evaporated and the residue wastreated with H₂O and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layerswere collected, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated todryness under reduced pressure to yield the product. Yield: 849 mg(87%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.41 (s, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 2.55 (s, 3H). ESIMS:m/z 191.0 [M+H]⁺.

ii. Step-2.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-methoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide:Sodium hydride (0.09 g, 2.36 mmol) was added to a solution ofN-(1-adamantyl)-2-hydroxy-acetamide (0.33 g, 1.57 mmol) in anhydrous THF(10 mL) at 0° C. After stirring for 30 min at room temperature,4-chloro-6-methoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (0.30 g, 1.57 mmol) andDIPEA (0.02 mL, 0.09 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was furtherstirred at 40° C. for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture was treated withsaturated aqueous NH₄Cl solution (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20mL). The organic layers were collected, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give aresidue, which was purified on pre-packed Silica gel using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 154 mg (27%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.90 (s, 1H),5.80 (s, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H),2.03-1.97 (m, 6H), 1.71-1.66 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 364.2 [M+H]⁺.

iii. Step-3.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-methoxy-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide:mCPBA (0.20 g, 0.89 mmol) was added to a solution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-methoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(0.15 g, 0.42 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (11 mL) at 0° C. The reactionmixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. The reactionmixture was diluted with DCM (11 mL), washed with 5% aqueous Na₂S₂O₃solution (3×11 mL) and 5% aqueous Na₂CO₃ solution (3×11 mL). Thereaction mixture then washed repeatedly with H₂O until the aqueouswashings had reached to pH˜7. The undissolved solids were filtered off.The filtrate was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to drynessunder reduced pressure to give a residue, which was used for the nextstep without further purification.

iv. Step-4.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-methoxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(36): Sodium hydroxide (2N aqueous solution) (0.42 mL, 0.84 mmol) wasadded to a solution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-methoxy-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(0.17 g, 0.42 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (12 mL). The reactionmixture was then stirred at 60° C. for 18 hr. The solvent was removedand the residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (6 mL), H₂O (6 mL) and 1NHCl (1.2 mL) and stirred for 10 min. The mixture was extracted withEtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layers were collected, dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give aresidue, which was purified on pre-packed Silica gel column using 0-10%MeOH in DCM (20 min). Yield: 64 mg (45%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 5.59 (s, 1H),4.66 (s, 2H), 4.57 (s, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.09-2.03 (m, 9H), 1.76-1.68(m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 334.1767 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₇H₂₄N₃O₄, found334.1754. HPLC purity: 96% (Retention Time=10.1 min).

l. Synthetic Procedure XI

i. Step-1.

Synthesis of 4-chloro-6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine:4-Fluoro-phenol (0.50 g, 4.46 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.92 g,6.69 mmol) were added at room temperature to a solution of4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (0.87 g, 4.46 mmol) in anhydrousDMF (8 mL). The reaction mixture was then stirred at 80° C. for 18 hrs.After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was treated withH₂O (8 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×10 mL). The organic layers werecollected, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated todryness under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified onpre-packed Silica gel using 0-70% EtOAc in Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 760mg (63%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.10 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 4H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 2.37(s, 3H). ESIMS: m/z 271.0 [M+H]⁺.

ii. Step-2.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide:Sodium hydride (0.04 g, 1.11 mmol) was added to a solution ofN-(1-adamantyl)-2-hydroxy-acetamide (0.15 g, 0.74 mmol) in anhydrous THF(5 mL) at 0° C. After stirring for 30 min at room temperature,4-chloro-6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (0.20 g, 0.74mmol) and DIPEA (0.01 mL, 0.04 mmol) were added. The reaction mixturewas then stirred at 40° C. for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture was treatedwith saturated aqueous NH₄Cl solution (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc(3×20 mL). The organic layers were collected, dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure togive a residue, which was purified on pre-packed Silica gel using 0-70%EtOAc in Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 91 mg (28%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.10 (d,J=6.9 Hz, 4H), 5.85 (s, 1H), 5.83 (s, 1H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H),2.09 (s, 3H), 2.02-2.00 (m, 6H), 1.69-1.67 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 444.2[M+H]⁺.

iii. Step-3.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide:mCPBA (0.10 g, 0.43 mmol) was added to a solution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(0.09 g, 0.21 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (5 mL) at 0° C. The reactionmixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. The reactionmixture was diluted with DCM (5 mL), washed with 5% aqueous Na₂S₂O₃solution (3×5 mL) and 5% aqueous Na₂CO₃ solution (3×5 mL). The reactionmixture was then washed repeatedly with H₂O until the aqueous washingshad reached to pH˜7. The undissolved solids were filtered off. Thefiltrate was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness underreduced pressure to give a residue, which was used for the next stepwithout further purification.

iv. Step-4.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(37): Sodium hydroxide (2N aqueous solution) (0.20 mL, 0.41 mmol) wasadded to a solution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(0.10 g, 0.20 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (6 mL). The reactionmixture was then stirred at 60° C. for 18 hr. The solvent was removedand the residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (3 mL), H₂O (3 mL) and 1NHCl (0.6 mL) and stirred for 10 min. The mixture was extracted withEtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layers were collected, dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give aresidue, which was purified on pre-packed Silica gel column using 0-10%MeOH in DCM (20 min). Yield: 20 mg (24%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.14 (d,J=6.1 Hz, 4H), 5.77 (s, 1H), 5.09 (s, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H),2.02-1.96 (m, 6H), 1.69-1.64 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 414.1829 [M+H]⁺calcd. for C₂₂H₂₅FN₃O₄, found 414.1832. HPLC purity: 100% (RetentionTime=13.4 min).

m. Synthetic Procedure XII

i. Step-1.

Synthesis of4-(2-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-6-chloro-5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine:Sodium hydride (0.08 g, 2.11 mmol) was added to a solution of2-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethan-1-ol (0.42 g, 1.41 mmol) inanhydrous THF (7 mL) at 0° C. After stirring for 30 min at roomtemperature, 4,6-dichloro-5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (0.30 g,1.41 mmol) and DIPEA (0.01 mL, 0.08 mmol) were added. The reactionmixture was then stirred at rt for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture wastreated with saturated aqueous NH₄Cl (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc(3×20 mL). The organic layer was collected, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give aresidue, which was purified on using 0-70% EtOAc in Hexanes (30 min).Yield: 441 mg (66%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.68-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.39-7.35 (m,6H), 4.60-4.54 (m, 2H), 4.01-3.98 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 1.04 (s, 9H).ESIMS: m/z 478.0 [M+H]⁺.

ii. Step-2.

Synthesis of N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide: Sodiumhydride (0.06 g, 1.39 mmol) was added to a solution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-hydroxyacetamide (0.19 g, 0.92 mmol) in anhydrousTHF (5 mL) at 0° C. After stirring for 30 min at room temperature,4-(2-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-6-chloro-5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine(0.44 g, 0.92 mmol) from Step-1 and DIPEA (0.01 mL, 0.06 mmol) wereadded. The reaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 18 hrs. Thereaction mixture was treated with saturated aqueous NH₄Cl (10 mL) andextracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layer was collected, driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reducedpressure to give a residue, which was purified on using 0-70% EtOAc inHexanes (30 min). Yield: 212 mg (35%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.70-7.66 (m,4H), 7.43-7.34 (m, 6H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.51 (m, 2H),3.99 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.04-2.02 (m, 6H),1.70-1.68 (m, 6H), 1.03 (s, 9H). ESIMS: m/z 649.9 [M+H]⁺.

iii. Step-3.

Synthesis of N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-5-fluoro-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide: mCPBA(0.16 g, 0.72 mmol) was added to a solution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide (0.21 g,0.33 mmol) from Step-2 in anhydrous DCM (10 mL) at 0° C. The reactionmixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. The reactionmixture was diluted with DCM (10 mL), washed with 5% aqueous Na₂S₂O₃solution (3×10 mL) and 5% aqueous Na₂CO₃ (3×10 mL) solution. Thereaction mixture then washed repeatedly with H₂O until the aqueouswashings had reached to pH˜7. The undissolved solids were filtered off.The filtrate was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to drynessunder reduced pressure to give a residue, which was used for the nextstep without further purification.

iv. Step-4.

Synthesis of N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-5-fluoro-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide: To asolution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-5-fluoro-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(0.22 g, 0.32 mmol) from Step-3 in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (7 mL) wasadded 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.32 mL, 0.65 mmol). The reactionmixture was then stirred at 60° C. for 18 hr. The solvent was removedand the residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (4 mL), H₂O (4 mL) and 1NHCl (0.7 mL) and stirred for 10 min. The mixture was extracted withEtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layer was collected, dried over Na₂SO₄,filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give aresidue, which was purified on using 0-10% MeOH in DCM (20 min). Yield:148 mg (74%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.72-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.46-7.33 (m, 6H),6.02 (s, 1H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 4.53 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 4.02-3.95 (m, 2H),2.09 (s, 3H), 2.03-2.01 (m, 6H), 1.69-1.68 (m, 6H), 1.04 (s, 9H). ESIMS:m/z 619.9 [M+H]⁺.

v. Step-5.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-6-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(50): TBAF (1M solution in THF) (0.48 mL, 0.48 mmol) was added to asolution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)ethoxy)-5-fluoro-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(0.15 g, 0.24 mmol) from Step-4 in anhydrous THF (5 mL) at 0° C. Thereaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs. Thereaction mixture was concentrated and purified on Silica gel using 0-10%MeOH in DCM (20 min). Yield: 35 mg (36%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 6.10 (s,1H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.63-4.49 (m, 2H), 3.97 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 2.09 (s,3H), 2.05-1.98 (m, 6H), 1.74-1.64 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 382.17728[M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₈H₂₅FN₃O₅, found 382.17700. HPLC purity: 95%(Retention Time=11.8 min).

n. Synthetic Procedure XIII

i. Step 1.

General Procedure: Sodium hydride (1.1 mmol) was added to a solution ofcorresponding alcohol (1 mmol) in anhydrous THF (2 mL) at rt. Afterstirring for 30 min at rt, corresponding methylthio-pyrimidine (1 mmol)was added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 18 hrs. Thesolvent is evaporated and the residue was treated with H₂O (5 mL) andextracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The organic layer was collected, driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reducedpressure to give a residue, which was purified on ISCO to yield theproduct.

(i) 4-chloro-6-isopropoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 478 mg (85%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.34 (s, 1H),5.37 (dt, J=12.8, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 1.34 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 6H).ESIMS: m/z 219.0 [M+H]⁺.

(ii) 4-chloro-6-(3,3-difluorocyclobutoxy)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 641 mg (94%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.44 (s, 1H),5.22-5.12 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.06 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H).ESIMS: m/z 267.0 [M+H]⁺.

(iii) 4-chloro-6-cyclopropoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 529 mg (95%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.44 (s, 1H),4.33-4.23 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 0.83-0.79 (m, 4H). ESIMS: m/z 216.9[M+H]⁺.

(iv) 4-chloro-6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 321 mg (53%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.46 (s, 1H),4.57-4.48 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 2.53 (s, 3H). ESIMS:m/z 234.9 [M+H]⁺.

(v) 4-chloro-2-(methylthio)-6-(neopentyloxy)pyrimidine

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 559 mg (88%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.43 (s, 1H),4.03 (s, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 1.00 (s, 9H). ESIMS: m/z 246.9 [M+H]⁺.

(vi)3-((6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)-2,2-dimethylpropanenitrile

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 300 mg (45%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.54 (s, 1H),4.32 (s, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 258.0 [M+H]⁺.

(vii) 4-chloro-2-(methylthio)-6-(oxetan-3-yloxy)pyrimidine

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 315 mg (53%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.48 (s, 1H),5.70-5.60 (m, 1H), 4.99-4.91 (m, 2H), 4.72 (dd, J=8.6, 5.3 Hz, 2H), 2.50(s, 3H). ESIMS: m/z 232.9 [M+H]⁺.

(viii) 4-chloro-5-fluoro-6-isopropoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 193 mg (87%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.46-5.37 (m,1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 1.40 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 237.0 [M+H]⁺.

ii. Step 2.

General Procedure: Sodium hydride (1.5 mmol) was added to a solution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-hydroxyacetamide (1.5 mmol) in anhydrous THF (4 mL)at 0° C. After stirring for 30 min at rt, the product from Step-1 (1mmol) and DIPEA (0.06 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was thenstirred at rt for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture was treated with NH₄Cl(10 mL, saturated solution in H₂O) and extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL).The organic layer was collected, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filteredand evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give a residue,which was purified on ISCO to yield the product.

(i)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-isopropoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 171 mg (38%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.93 (s, 1H),5.74 (s, 1H), 5.42-5.26 (m, 1H), 4.68 (s, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s,3H), 2.04-1.98 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.65 (m, 6H), 1.33 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 6H).ESIMS: m/z 392.1 [M+H]⁺.

(ii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(3,3-difluorocyclobutoxy)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 180 mg (27%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.88 (s, 1H),5.82 (s, 1H), 5.23-5.08 (m, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 3.15-3.04 (m, 2H),2.81-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.02-2.00 (m, 6H),1.70-1.67 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 440.0 [M+H]⁺.

(iii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-cyclopropoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 231 mg (43%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.91 (s, 1H),4.70 (s, 2H), 4.17 (p, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H),2.03-1.99 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.67 (m, 6H), 0.84-0.76 (m, 4H). ESIMS: m/z390.0 [M+H]⁺.

(iv)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 239 mg (43%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.90 (s, 1H),5.86 (s, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.53-4.48 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.42(s, 3H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.02-1.98 (m, 6H), 1.69-1.66 (m,6H). ESIMS: m/z 408.0 [M+H]⁺.

(v)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-(methylthio)-6-(neopentyloxy)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 235 mg (46%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.83 (s, 1H),4.69 (s, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.04-2.02 (m,6H), 1.69-1.68 (m, 6H), 1.00 (s, 9H). ESIMS: m/z 420.0 [M+H]⁺.

(vi)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-cyano-2-methylpropoxy)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 203 mg (41%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.93 (s, 1H),5.91 (s, 1H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H),2.02-1.99 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.68 (m, 6H), 1.45 (s, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 431.0[M+H]⁺.

(vii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-(methylthio)-6-(oxetan-3-yloxy)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 272 mg (50%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 5.97 (s, 1H),5.62 (p, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.98-4.92 (m, 2H), 4.70-4.65 (m, 4H), 2.47 (s,3H), 2.08-2.02 (m, 9H), 1.73-1.69 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 406.0 [M+H]⁺.

(viii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-6-isopropoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 216 mg (65%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.00 (s, 1H),5.45-5.34 (m, 1H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.03-2.02(m, 6H), 1.70-1.68 (m, 6H), 1.39 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 410.2[M+H]⁺.

iii. Step 3.

General Procedure: mCPBA (2.2 mmol) was added to a solution of theproduct from Step-2 (1 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (20 mL) at 0° C. Thereaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 18 hr. The reaction mixturewas diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with Na₂S₂O₃ (5% solution in H₂O,3×20 mL) and Na₂CO₃ (5% solution in H₂O, 3×20 mL). The reaction mixturethen washed repeatedly with H₂O until the aqueous washings had reachedto pH˜7. The undissolved solids were filtered off. The filtrate wasdried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reducedpressure to give a residue, which was used for the next step withoutfurther purification.

iv. Step 4.

General Procedure: Sodium hydroxide (2 N solution in water) (2 mmol) wasadded to a solution of the product from Step-3 (1 mmol) in anhydrous1,4-dioxane (20 mL). The reaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 18hr. The solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved inacetonitrile (10 mL), H₂O (10 ml) and HCl (1N, 2 mL) and stirred for 10min. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layerwas collected, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to drynessunder reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified on ISCO toyield the product.

(i)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-isopropoxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(45)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 86 mg (53%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 5.96 (s, 1H), 5.32(s, 1H), 4.94-4.83 (m, 1H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.05-2.02 (m,6H), 1.70-1.67 (m, 6H), 1.39 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 362.20743[M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₉H₂₈N₃O₄, found 362.20710. HPLC purity: 97%(Retention Time=11.7 min).

(ii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(3,3-difluorocyclobutoxy)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(47)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 35 mg (40%). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ 7.38 (s, 1H), 5.51(s, 1H), 5.18-4.82 (m, 1H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 3.21-3.06 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.62(m, 2H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.92-1.87 (m, 6H), 1.64-1.55 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS:m/z 410.18859 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₂₀H₂₆F₂N₃O₄, found 410.18760. HPLCpurity: 100% (Retention Time=12.6 min).

(iii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-cyclopropoxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(48)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 106 mg (50%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 5.93 (s, 1H), 5.66(s, 1H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 4.04-3.92 (m, 1H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.05-2.02 (m,6H), 1.70-1.67 (m, 6H), 0.94-0.85 (m, 4H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 360.19178[M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₉H₂₆N₃O₄, found 360.19196. HPLC purity: 100%(Retention Time=11.6 min).

(iv)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(49)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 24 mg (28%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 6.05 (s, 1H), 5.40(s, 1H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 4.46-4.32 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.41 (s,3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.06-1.96 (m, 6H), 1.77-1.60 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z378.20235 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₉H₂₈N₃O₅, found 378.20258. HPLC purity:100% (Retention Time=10.6 min).

(v)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(neopentyloxy)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(51)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 46 mg (21%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 5.60 (s, 1H), 4.67(s, 2H), 4.56 (s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 2.07-2.03 (m, 9H), 1.73-1.70 (m,6H), 1.03 (s, 9H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 390.23873 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₂₁H₃₂N₃O₄,found 390.23888. HPLC purity: 98% (Retention Time=13.7 min).

(vi)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(2-cyano-2-methylpropoxy)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(52)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 75 mg (41%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 5.66 (s, 1H), 4.65(s, 2H), 4.56 (s, 1H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 2.07-2.03 (m, 9H), 1.73-1.71 (m,6H), 1.45 (s, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 401.21833 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₂₁H₂₉N₄O₄,found 401.21812. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=12.0 min).

(vii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(oxetan-3-yloxy)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(53)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 15 mg (35%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 5.60-5.42 (m, 2H),5.00-4.93 (m, 2H), 4.67 (dd, J=7.8, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 4.64 (s, 2H), 2.16-1.92(m, 9H), 1.79-1.63 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 376.18670 [M+H]⁺ calcd. forC₁₉H₂₆N₃O₅, found 376.18604. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=10.8min).

(viii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-6-isopropoxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(54)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 10 mg (22%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 5.35-5.27 (m, 1H),4.70 (s, 2H), 2.05-2.02 (m, 9H), 1.72-1.71 (m, 6H), 1.35 (d, J=6.2 Hz,6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 380.19801 [M+H]⁺ calcd. for C₁₉H₂₇FN₃O₄, found380.19757. HPLC purity: 95% (Retention Time=15.1 min).

o. Synthetic Procedure XIV

i. Step-1.

General Procedure: Sodium hydride (1.1 mmol) was added to a solution ofcorresponding alcohol (1 mmol) in anhydrous THF (2 mL) at rt. Afterstirring for 30 min at rt,N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(1 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 18hrs. The solvent is evaporated and the residue was treated with H₂O (5mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The organic layer was collected,dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness underreduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified on ISCO to yieldthe product.

(i)N-((adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-ethoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 127 mg (62%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.98 (s, 1H),5.78 (s, 1H), 4.68 (s, 2H), 4.40 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.09(s, 3H), 2.03-2.01 (m, 6H), 1.69-1.68 (m, 6H), 1.38 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).ESIMS: m/z 378.2 [M+H]⁺.

(ii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(SEC-butoxy)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 45 mg (20%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 6.18 (s, 1H),5.76 (s, 1H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.69-4.60 (m, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s,3H), 2.04-2.02 (m, 6H), 1.70-1.68 (m, 6H), 1.35 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 3H),1.33-1.27 (m, 2H), 0.96 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H). ESIMS: m/z 406.2 [M+H]⁺.

(iii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-(methylthio)-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-70% EtOAcin Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 82 mg (35%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.95 (s, 1H),4.78-4.75 (m, 2H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.02-2.00(m, 6H), 1.69-1.68 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 432.1 [M+H]⁺.

ii. Step-2.

General Procedure: mCPBA (2.2 mmol) was added to a solution of theproduct from Step-1 (1 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (20 mL) at 0° C. Thereaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 18 hr. The reaction mixturewas diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with Na₂S₂O₃ (5% solution in H₂O,3×20 mL) and Na₂CO₃ (5% solution in H₂O, 3×20 mL). The reaction mixturethen washed repeatedly with H₂O until the aqueous washings had reachedto pH˜7. The undissolved solids were filtered off. The filtrate wasdried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reducedpressure to give a residue, which was used for the next step withoutfurther purification.

iii. Step-3.

General Procedure: Sodium hydroxide (2 N solution in water) (2 mmol) wasadded to a solution of the product from Step-2 (1 mmol) in anhydrous1,4-dioxane (20 mL). The reaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 18hr. The solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved inacetonitrile (10 mL), H₂O (10 ml) and HCl (1N, 2 mL) and stirred for 10min. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layerwas collected, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to drynessunder reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified on ISCO toyield the product.

(i)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-ethoxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(55)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 68 mg (62%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 5.58 (s, 1H), 4.66(s, 2H), 4.25 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.14-1.98 (m, 9H), 1.78-1.68 (m, 6H),1.40 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 348.19178 [M+H]⁺ calcd. forC₁₈H₂₆N₃O₄, found 348.19191. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=11.4min).

(ii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((6-(sec-butoxy)-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(56)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 21 mg (51%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 5.59 (s, 1H),4.76-4.54 (m, 3H), 2.08-2.03 (m, 9H), 1.77-1.68 (m, 8H), 1.34 (d, J=6.1Hz, 3H), 0.97 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 376.22308 [M+H]⁺ calcd.for C₂₀H₃₀N₃O₄, found 376.22322. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=12.9min).

(iii)N-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((2-oxo-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(57)

Purification on pre-packed Silica gel column on ISCO using 0-10% MeOH inDCM (20 min). Yield: 46 mg (60%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 6.01 (s, 1H), 5.59(s, 1H), 4.78-4.70 (m, 2H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.04-2.02 (m,6H), 1.70-1.68 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 402.16352 [M+H]⁺ calcd. forC₁₈H₂₃F₃N₃O₄, found 402.16295. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=13.1min).

p. Synthetic Procedure XV

i. Step-1.

Synthesis of 4-chloro-5-fluoro-6-methoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine:Sodium methoxide (0.5M solution in MeOH) (3.10 mL, 1.55 mmol) was addedto a solution of 4,6-dichloro-5-fluoro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (0.30 g,1.41 mmol) in anhydrous MeOH (5 mL). The reaction mixture was thenstirred at rt for 18 hrs. The solvent is evaporated and the residue wastreated with H₂O and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layerwas collected, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated todryness under reduced pressure to yield the product. Yield: 245 mg(83%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 4.07 (s, 3H), 2.54 (s, 3H). ESIMS: m/z 209.0[M+H]⁺.

ii. Step-2.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-6-methoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide:Sodium hydride (0.07 g, 1.76 mmol) was added to a solution ofN-(1-adamantyl)-2-hydroxy-acetamide (0.25 g, 1.17 mmol) in anhydrous THF(5 mL) at 0° C. After stirring for 30 min at rt,4-chloro-5-fluoro-6-methoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (0.25 g, 1.17 mmol)from Step-1 and DIPEA (0.01 mL, 0.07 mmol) were added. The reactionmixture was then stirred at rt for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture wastreated with NH₄Cl (10 mL, saturated solution in H₂O) and extracted withEtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layer was collected, dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure togive a residue, which was purified on pre-packed Silica gel using 0-70%EtOAc in Hexanes (30 min). Yield: 193 mg (43%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 5.98(s, 1H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H),2.05-1.98 (m, 6H), 1.73-1.64 (m, 6H). ESIMS: m/z 381.9 [M+H]⁺.

iii. Step-3.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-6-methoxy-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide:mCPBA (0.24 g, 1.06 mmol) was added to a solution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-6-methoxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(0.19 g, 0.51 mmol) from Step-2 in anhydrous DCM (13 mL) at 0° C. Thereaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 18 hr. The reaction mixturewas diluted with DCM (13 mL), washed with Na₂S₂O₃ (5% solution in H₂O,3×13 mL) and Na₂CO₃ (5% solution in H₂O, 3×13 mL). The reaction mixturethen washed repeatedly with H₂O until the aqueous washings had reachedto pH˜7. The undissolved solids were filtered off. The filtrate wasdried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reducedpressure to give a residue, which was used for the next step withoutfurther purification.

iv. Step-4.

Synthesis ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-6-methoxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(46): Sodium hydroxide (2N solution in water) (0.004 mL, 0.097 mmol) wasadded to a solution ofN-(adamantan-1-yl)-2-((5-fluoro-6-methoxy-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)acetamide(0.02 g, 0.05 mmol) from Step-3 in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (1 mL). Thereaction mixture was then stirred at 60° C. for 18 hr. The solvent wasremoved and the residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (0.5 mL), H₂O (0.5ml) and HCl (1N, 0.1 mL) and stirred for 10 min. The mixture wasextracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layer was collected, driedover Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressureto give a residue, which was purified on pre-packed Silica gel columnusing 0-10% MeOH in DCM (20 min). Yield: 10 mg (59%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ6.13 (s, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.04-2.01 (m,6H), 1.70-1.66 (m, 6H). HR-ESIMS: m/z 352.16671 [M+H]⁺ calcd. forC₁₇H₂₃FN₃O₄, found 352.16645. HPLC purity: 100% (Retention Time=13.8min).

2. Characterization of Antiviral Agents

A list of compounds evaluated for antiviral activity is shown in Table 1below.

TABLE 1 CHIKV^(a) CHIKV^(a) CHIKV^(a) VEEV^(b) VEEV^(c) VEEV^(d) VTREC₉₀ EC₅₀ VTR EC₉₀ EC₅₀ CC₅₀ ^(e) No. Structure (logs) (μM) (μM) (logs)(μM) (μM) (μM) 1

6.9 0.089 0.66 ND 1.9 4.33 >127 2

1.25 ND 22.9 1.1 ND >40 >40 3

7.44 0.31 0.50 4.49 0.31 2.50 >40 4

7.30 0.61 0.437 5.88 ND 1.68 >40 5

ND ND 35.19 ND ND >40 >40 6

ND ND 11.8 ND ND >40 >40 7

3.68 0.70 3.2 1.79 1.10 38.75 >40 8

1.05 0.21 >40 1.94 0.08 >40 >40 9

1.81 3.50 1.2 1.37 1.10 20.01 >40 10

8.16 0.31 1.15 2.74 1.20 19.69 >40 11

1.05 0.56 0.24 2.97 1.10 20.55 >40 12

3.31 0.10 0.11 3.1 0.10 1.88 >40 13

5.93 0.04 1.24 1.94 4.5 17.45 >40 14

3.17 0.07 <0.078 8.19 0.03 0.83 >40 15

8.93 2.7 1.47 3.25 2.02 20.84 >40 16

1.09 15 >40 0 >10 >40 >40 17

1.59 >40 >40 3.69 9.80 >40 >40 18

5.19 0.51 0.81 1.0 5.65 16.14 >40 19

4.84 0.74 2.38 4.4 3.2 33.31 >40 20

3.49 0.067 <0.078 6.63 0.40 2.01 >40 21

4.26 0.30 0.53 5.20 1.0 15.73 >40 22

4.94 0.045 0.64 7.02 1.44 8.70 >40 23

5.85 0.20 1.11 6.4 2.1 11.07 >40 24

6.28 0.30 0.47 1 3.2 >40 >40 25

4.91 2.10 1.97 3.04 2.83 16.09 >40 26

5.19 0.30 3.15 3.22 0.10 >40 >40 27

1.31 8.75 32.53 0 10 >40 >40 28

1.6 10 33.37 0.71 >10 >40 >40 29

4.24 0.40 2.29 2.91 2.97 >40 >40 30

ND ND 26.38 ND ND >40 >40 31

ND ND 13.08 ND ND >40 >40 32

3.45 0.61 4.69 Pend Pend >40 >40 33

6.08 0.15 1.80 Pend Pend 23.95 >40 34

6.13 0.19 1.02 1.97 5 22.51 >40 35

4 0.051 0.70 3.35 1.5 5.19 >40 36

4.56 0.23 1.14 0.63 >10 >40 >40 37

0 >10 >40 0.8 >10 >40 >40 38

1.19 ND >40 0.23 ND >40 >40 39

ND ND >40 ND ND >40 >40 40

ND ND >40 ND ND >40 >40 41

ND ND >40 ND ND >40 >40 42

ND ND >40 ND ND >40 >40 43

ND ND >40 ND ND >40 >40 44

0.78 >10 >40 0 >10 >40 >40 45

5.58 0.08 0.429 2.62 0.98 8.945 >40 46

0.42 >10 >40 0 >10 >40 >40 47

5.66 0.8 6.775 0.28 >10 >40 >40 48

5.51 0.06 0.283 3.28 0.65 3.769 >40 49

3.73 1.3 3.081 0 >10 38.628 >40 50

0 >10 25.378 0.5 >10 >40 >40 51

3.77 0.75 7.428 3.85 0.1 >40 >40 52

2.42 2.5 13.709 2.5 2.5 >40 >40 53

Pend Pend 27.932 Pend Pend >40 >40 54

Pend Pend 21.543 Pend Pend >40 >40 55

4 0.14 0.179 0.05 >10 2.781 >40 56

6.6 0.17 0.701 0 >10 16.203 >40 57

7.79 0.3 2.971 Pend Pend >40 >40 ^(a)VTR = CHIKV titer reduction at 10μM; EC₉₀ = effective concentration of 90% inhibition of virus in a VTRassay using normal human dermal fibroblasts (NHDF) cells ^(b)EC₅₀ =Effective concentration of 50% cells in Cytopathic Effect Assay (CPE)assay using CHIKV linked NanoLuc luciferase reporter in a telomerizedhuman foreskin fibroblast cells that lack IRF3 (THFF-ΔIRF3). ^(c)VTR =VEEV titer reduction at 10 μM; EC₉₀ = effective concentration of 90%inhibition of virus in a VTR assay using normal human dermal fibroblasts(NHDF) cells ^(d)EC₅₀: = Effective concentration of 50% cells inCytopathic Effect Assay (CPE) assay using VEEV (TC-83) in THFF-ΔIRF3cells. ^(e)CC₅₀ = Effective toxicity concentration of THFF-ΔIRF3 cells50% inhibition. Pend = pending

3. In Vivo Characterization of Antiviral Agents

a. Compound No. 7 Reduces Chikungunya Virus Disease and Viremia in Mice

Mice were treated for 10 days per os with Compound No. 7 or the vehicle(10% NMP, 60% PEG400, and 30% saline). The mice were treated three timesper day (8-hour intervals, with the first dose delivered 2 hours beforeinfection). Mice were infected in the right footpad with 1,000 plaqueforming units of the Chikungunya virus (CHIKV) strain SL15649. Footpadswelling in the ipsilateral foot was measured daily using a digitalcaliper. Mice were bled at 3 days post infection, and serum from theclotted blood was tittered using confluent monolayers of Vero cells in48-well culture dishes and expressed as PFU/ml. Mice were euthanized at10 days post infection. No adverse toxicity was observed in mice treatedthree times per day for 10 days, and the compound was distributed to anumber of tissue types including joints and muscles. As shown in FIG. 1Aand FIG. 1B, treatment of mice with Compound No. 7 at 40 mg/kg (3×daily; p.o.) reduced swelling in the ipsilateral foot at days 3, 4, 5,6, 7, and 8 compared to vehicle treated mice (Panel A). Compound No. 7treated mice did not have detectable viral loads in serum samplescollected at 3 days post infection (dpi) (Panel B; p=0.0003).

b. Compound No. 7 Reduces Tissue Viral Loads in ChikungunyaVirus-Infected Mice

Mice were treated three times per day (8-hour intervals, with the firstdose delivered 2 hours before infection) for 5 days per os with CompoundNo. 7 or the vehicle (10% NMP, 60% PEG400, and 30% saline). Mice wereinfected in the right footpad with 1,000 plaque forming units of theChikungunya virus (CHIKV) strain SL15649. Mice were euthanized fortissue harvest at 5 days post infection. Tissues were collected intotubes containing 1 ml of saline plus glass beads. Tissues werehomogenized by bead beating and the cleared tissue lysates were titteredusing confluent monolayers of Vero cells in 48-well culture dishes.Viral loads in the tissues is expressed as plaque forming units (PFU)per ml of homogenate. No adverse toxicity was observed in mice treatedthree times per day for 5 days. As shown in FIG. 2, treatment of micewith Compound No. 7 at 40 mg/kg (3× daily; p.o.) reduced infectiousviral loads in both the Ipsilateral and Contralateral ankles at 5 dpi(p<0.0001 and p=0.0009, respectively).

It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that variousmodifications and variations can be made in the present inventionwithout departing from the scope or spirit of the invention. Otherembodiments of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in theart from consideration of the specification and practice of theinvention disclosed herein. It is intended that the specification andexamples be considered as exemplary only, with a true scope and spiritof the invention being indicated by the following claims.

What is claimed is:
 1. A compound having a structure represented by aformula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8cyanoalkoxy, —OCy², —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹,—CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰, when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selected from C2-C5heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; or wherein R^(2a) andR^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediate atoms,comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or aC2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; and wherein each ofR^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a)and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1,2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; whereinCy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl, and adamantyl, and issubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl,and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that when Cy¹ is C2-C9 heteroaryl, theneither (i) p is 1 and A is O or (ii) n is 1 or 2 and each of R^(3a) andR^(3b) are not hydrogen; provided that when Cy¹ is C6 aryl, then p is 1and either (i) A is O or (ii) each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) is hydrogen andat least one of R^(3a) and R^(3b) is not hydrogen; and provided thatwhen Cy¹ is

and p is 0, then n is 0 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof.
 2. The compound of claim 1, wherein n is
 0. 3. The compound ofclaim 1, wherein p is
 1. 4. The compound of claim 1, wherein A is
 0. 5.The compound of claim 1, wherein each of R^(2a) and R^(2b) isindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹,—CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy².
 6. The compound of claim 1, wherein each of R^(2a) andR^(2b) is hydrogen.
 7. The compound of claim 1, wherein Cy¹ is adamantylsubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl,and C3-C6 cycloalkyl.
 8. The compound of claim 1, wherein Cy¹ isunsubstituted adamantyl.
 9. The compound of claim 1, wherein Cy¹ is astructure:


10. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound has a structurerepresented by a formula:

wherein each of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), and R^(11e) isindependently selected from hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl,provided that at least two of R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(11c), R^(11d), andR^(11e) are hydrogen.
 11. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compoundhas a structure represented by a formula:


12. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound has a structurerepresented by a formula:


13. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from:


14. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is:


15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effectiveamount of the compound of claim 1, and a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier.
 16. A compound having a structure selected from:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 17. A pharmaceuticalcomposition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of thecompound of claim 16, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
 18. Amethod for treating a viral infection in a subject, the methodcomprising administering to the subject an effective amount of acompound having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein n is 0, 1, or 2; wherein p is 0 or 1; wherein A is O, S, or NH;wherein R¹ is selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein each ofR^(2a) and R^(2b) is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen,C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C1-C8 haloalkoxy, C1-C8cyanoalkoxy, —OCy², —OAr¹, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)OR¹⁰, —O(C1-C4 alkyl)Ar¹,—CO₂R¹⁰, and Cy²; wherein each occurrence of R¹⁰, when present, isindependently selected from hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl; wherein eachoccurrence of Ar¹, when present, is independently selected from C2-C5heteroaryl and C6-C12 aryl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl,C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl,C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4)dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; wherein each occurrence of Cy², whenpresent, is independently selected from C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6heterocycloalkyl, and phenyl, and is substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3groups independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; or wherein R^(2a) andR^(2b) are covalently bonded and, together with the intermediate atoms,comprise a C5-C6 cycloalkyl, a C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, a C6 aryl or aC2-C5 heteroaryl, and are substituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groupsindependently selected from selected from halogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂,C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,(C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; and wherein each ofR^(3a) and R^(3b), when present, is independently selected fromhydrogen, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; or wherein R^(3a)and R^(3b), when present, are covalently bonded and, together with theintermediate atoms, comprise a C3-C4 cycloalkyl substituted with 0, 1,2, or 3 groups independently selected from selected from halogen, —CN,—NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C1-C4cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, and C1-C4 aminoalkyl; whereinCy¹ is selected from C2-C9 heteroaryl, C6 aryl, and adamantyl, and issubstituted with 0, 1, 2, or 3 groups independently selected fromhalogen, —CN, —NH₂, —OH, —NO₂, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4haloalkyl, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, (C1-C4)(C1-C4) dialkylamino, C1-C4 aminoalkyl,and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; provided that when p is 1, A is S, and Cy¹ is C6aryl, then Cy¹ is not substituted with a halogen group, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the viral infection isdue to an Alphavirus, thereby treating the viral infection.
 19. Themethod of claim 18, wherein the Alphavirus is selected from Chikungunyavirus (CHIKV), Ross River virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis (VEEV),Eastern equine encephalitis (EEEV), and Western equine encephalitis(WEEV).
 20. The method of claim 18, wherein the Alphavirus is selectedfrom CHIKV, WEEV, EEEV, and VEEV.